(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Pine needles"

The University of North Corolir 

at Greensboro 

JACKSON LIBRARY 



MSGp 

UNIVERSITY ARCHIVES 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 



http://www.archive.org/details/pineneedles19851986nort 




Pine Needles 1985-86 



Editors Mark A. Corum 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 

Copy Editor Ian McDowell 

Photography Editor Michael Read 

Classes Editor Beverly Reavis 

Organizations Editor .... Erin Pearson 
Darkroom Technician . . . Chuck Moritz 



Contributing Staff: 
Sheila Bowling 
Nan Lewis 
Michael Robinson 
Greg Jenkins 
Paul Segal 
Tim Cole 
David Pugh 
Mark March 






,, , r^^' 







\ 



Spartan Sports 





^^^^^^ 




f 


^^^^^^^^^^^^IM^^^^^^^^K^^^^^JI 


1 ^•'f ■ 




I 


^^^^^^^H^ ^^^l^o^^^^l 


i^^^s 




'^''^^i«HrJ 


^^^^K BbM^^^I 




Itm 






w 


Hn^^^^H 


^^^^■^L^i^l^H^K S 


r<M 




'"1 


1 


m^ HjH 


H^Fi 


^U 


^>P 


- 


1 






S^'i! 


^^ 


■ : 


1 



rr 




w "ill 



^^^^^?^ ^ 




%^ 



^^-.^ 



'C / 






!> 



juiivsin.fovsT 

BUILDING 



:«f;r:«?r-:5 





Sometimes loud 

kicking up 

like these students 

at the Homecoming 

Parade. 



Other times calm and quiet - 
waiting for something or just 
taking a break between classes 
to read up on an assignment. 




Often rushed - moving with others though you don't know where you're going. 




There are places 
here we never 
take the time to 
notice no matter 
how many times 
go to them. 






/.' 



z^ 




And average, everyday places that look a lot 
different from a different vantage point - 
like the top of the library. 



And the people 






.^>ri 



'•'■•, <,f, ' ..■'ij,. 






.., m,^'^ 



» ,■ 3 




^'^i^TK >•■ 



"fr^^ 




But, despite it all, people still misunderstand 
and fail to realize that sometimes things 
start quietly. 





•r-:'n-'-^- f^ 



iflis 







1 ^^H 


^^^^K^M' 





AMPUS 



ELLIOTT 

UNIVERSITY 

CENTER 




A place 

for fun, games, and other things 




v_y 




My Ingram Mac-10 ready, I push my way through 
the heavy undergrowth. The secret to staying aUve 
is to keep moving. But where the hell are they? All 
hell should be breaking loose any moment now, 
unless the chopper put me down way off target. 

it didn't. Something that looks like a grey metal 
pineapple comes tumbling through the humid air, 
gleaming dully in the tropical sunlight. I throw 
myself to the side, scrambling frantically for cover, 
as the jungle erupts into shrapnel. Then ifs as if 
someone has switched off the sound. Deaf, numb, 
bleeding from a dozen minor cuts and bruises, I 
stumble forward, knowing I'm damned lucky to be 
ahve. 

Before I can congratulate myself on my survival, 
I see the Sandinistan guerilla, winding up like a big 
league pitcher. But if he's Ron Guidry, I'm Dwight 
Gudden, and my grenade is in the air before his has 
even left his hand. I don't bother to watch his limbs 
go sailing high into the foliage; I've got company. 

Three of them burst from the undergrowth, fir- 
ing Russian-made AK-47's. The boll of a tree two 
feet from my head opens like a splintered wound 
as I duck, tuck and roll, and come up shooting. 

The impact of the steel -jacketed rounds sends two 
of my attackers flying, rag dolls with red flowers 
blossoming from their chests. But where's the 
fourth guerrilla? 

Too late, I see him crouching under a half -fallen 
log, and before I can bring my weapon around to 
bear on him there's a spurt of flame from his own. 
I feel as though I've been hit by a truck. The sky 
seems to roll overhead, painfully blue, and then I'm 
lying on my back m mud and my own blood. 
Everything starts to turn red, as if the sun is set- 
ting, then the crimson haze fades to black. 

Game Over flashes on the screen, and I release 
the sweaty joystick. Not a very good score, I think, 
as 1 give the Commando game a solid kick. 



Okay, now that the Rambo in my soul has been 
exorcised, I decide to try something more peaceful. 
An attractive young woman is practicing her shots 
at one of the pool tables, and I once again regret 
not being able to play that game. Oh. well; too bad 
I don't have the nerve to ask her to teach me how. 

Well, how about the Video Trivia game? I've 
always been good at College Bowl, and the only per- 
son who beats me at Trivial Pursuits with any kind 
of regularity is a female friend who has the unfair 
advantage of having memorized the answers on 
practically every card. This should be a cinch. 



I insert my quarter and pick a category. Enter- 
tainment. I always was good at movies and the 
theatre, though radio, pop music, and pre-sixties 
television are more problematic. 

Lamont Cranston, wealthy ymmg man abend town, 
was the secret identity of what vintage crime fighter? 

No sweat. I press the pvsh to play all button 
rather than wagering points, and the three possi- 
ble answers appear on the screen. It is, of course, 
number three, The Shadow, and not Batman or The 
Green Hornet. I've got 24,000 points. 

Boris Karloffs real name was (1) William Henry 



Pratt (2) Archie Leach, or (3) Marion Michael Mor- 
rison. Hah! (2) and (3) are, respectively, Gary Grant 
and John Wayne. And anybody who grew up 
reading Famous Monsters of Filmland knows that 
Karloff was Pratt. Again, I've bet all, and I have 
48,000 points. 

Uh oh. What English group scored a hit in 1966 
with "Wild Thing"? And then my clumsy finger 
betrays me; I press play all when I want to wager 
points. If I miss the question, my score goes back 
to zero. All I can do is guess, and so I pick (2), Her- 
man 's Hermits. Wrong, fool. The answer is (3), The 




Trogs. C'est la guerre. I walk away from the game 
and out of the game room without bothering to 
answer the fouth question. 

The halls of E.U.C. are fairly empty. Feeling 
hungry, even though I had supper not more than 
an hour ago, I bound up the stairs to the Sweet 
Shoppe. 1 like the Sweet Shoppe, even if the short- 
sighted people running it didn't see fit to hire me 
last summer when I was looking for an on-campus 
job. 

Their frozen fruit bars are delicious, especially the 
lemon-lime. It tastes just like a daiquirri. It would 



taste even better if it could be dipped in rum and 
refrozen, though. 

I then go downstairs and exit through the soda 
shop. There's nobody outside sitting around the fish 
pond, even though it's not dark yet and it's been 
the warmest, driest day we've had in over a week. 

I haven't been back here in almost a year. I'm 
relieved to see there are no dead goldfish floating 
on the surface of the pond; that last time I was here 
they seemed to be dying off in droves. But are there 
any live ones? I peer into the green-scummed water. 
Yes, down in the algae-ridden depths, I can barely 



make out faint orange shapes. On the other side of 
the pond they float near the surface, but when I ap- 
proach they dive like miniature submarines. 1 don't 
blame them. If they aren't cautious of humans, they 
may end up being netted and swallowed by drunken 
frat boys. 

I walk back around the building, back towards the 
library, the knowledge that I have over 200 
notecards to do for my English 601 class draws me 
towards that building like some horrible magnet. 

A girl is swinging by herself on the swing set, as 
the shadows of the tree lengthen around her. The 




Segal 



setting sun makes her long red hair gleam. When 
she reaches the arc of her swing her dress billows 
up, reveahng tanned, trim legs. She looks happy. 
I trudge on, my studies calling. Sometimes I wish 
I wasn't a grad student. 

Ian McDowell 





Most of our Fall events have come to pass 

with Family Weekend 

we doubled attendance to 350 last! 

We brought Bella and Abba 

and heard them speak 

on topics varied and unique. 

Homecoming '85 has come and gone 

with a number of activities 

all week long. 

"Feats in the Streets" brought students 

to compete 

the Pep Rally and Block Party 

made it all complete. 

Our cheerleaders were great 

and left us in awe 

to the spirit generated 

in what we saw! 

Our Parade featured 26 wild entries 

decorative cars and original floats 

students, alumni and even a boat! 

The Homecoming Queen, Kim Nash, was crowned 

her court— Laura Boyd, Wendy Crews, 

Kimberly Phillips and Brenda Volpe 

became campus renown! 



Students boogied down 

to the tunes of "Fresh Air" 

and had enough energy left to spare. 

Alcohol Awareness Week 

brought information we seek 

connecting the link 

on how to drink. 

After all of this, 

you can still expect 

yet a few more programs 

to end the Fall set. 

Loveboat (Nov. 6) in November 

Lovefeast (Dec. 2,3) in December 

are programs that you will want to remember. 

Our EUC Fellows 

number twenty-six, 

where our young freshmen leaders 

are learning very quick 

to be... 

all that they can be 

while at good ole UNC-G. 

A celestial phenomenon 

which happens every 76 years 

will be the talk of all campuses 



from far and near. 

Steve Danforth will give an ole subject new kick 

(Nov.20/Dec.4) 

"Halley's Comet" will be quite a star gazer's trip! 

UCLS will feature the UNC-G Dance Company 

(Nov. 22) 

and Horacio Gutierrez (Nov. 24) 

be ready for a spectacular evening 

mi amigo, que te diviertes! 

Travel on the Orient Express (Nov. 7) 

and then to Alaska (Nov.30) 

try not to miss 

this wonderous extravaganza! 

Well, this is the end of our update 

and contribution to this newsletter... 

at Aunt Harriet's we'll keep trying 

to make life at UNC-G 

just a little bit better! 

Submitted by: Joanna M. Iwata 

Assisted by: Bruce J. Michaels 

Elliott University Center 

Correspondents 



SUNBATHERS: 



Participants in UNC-G's Largest 
and Most Popular Spectator Sport 







mm 




And at each body rare 

The saintly man disdains; 

I stare, oh God. I stare: 

My heart is stained with stains. 

This scrap of verse lingers in my mind, though 
I can't for the life of me remember who wrote it. 

And casting down rny holy Uymes. 

I turn my eyes to where 

The naked girls with silver combs 

Are combing out their hair. 

Well, these women aren't actually naked, of 
course, and relatively few of them would seem to 
possess silver combs, but I can empathize just the 



same. On those warm days in the early Fall, late 
Spring, or Summer when the swimsuit-clad young 
women emerge from their old cocoons, stretching 
langorously like gorgeous insects drying their damp 
new limbs in the warm sunlight, it is very hard not 
to stare. Naturally. 1 am writing from a minority 
perspective, but there are male limbs as well as 
female ones browning beneath Phoebus's golden 
rays, and I suppose the significantly larger female 
portion of this campus's population ogles the former 
with as much fervor as the happily out-numbered 
male portion ogles the latter. However, I can only 
write from my own sexual outlook. 



And so it will continue, as they spread their 
blankets and towels on the lawns and rub 
themselves with oils and lotions, and the young men 
walk or drive past, heads surreptitiously or not so 
surreptitiously turned, pretending not to look or 
openly gawking. These are the Rites of Spring, for 
all that they may take place in any season of warm 
weather. 

A final thought; just who is the girl in the striped 
one-piece bathing suit, anyway? Mike Read, our 
Photo Editor, pleads ignorance. 

Life's like that. Our glimpses of the sublime tend 
to be fleeting and second-hand. 

Ian McDowell 



The Library, a quiet place to study 




Coming up Walker Avenue, one's first glimpse 
of campus is the library tower, plain and squat, an 
immense grey slab hulking against the sky. We 
enter the monolith and are transformed, attaining 
a higher state of being. 
Or such is the theory. 

Inside, the police woman smiles, heels click 
against the tile floor, a computer beeps electronic 
protest as a punchcard is crammed into its gaping 
maw, the shelves in the card catalog stick and slide, 
the elevators hum and lurch, and one emerges into 
the arid modernity of the tower stacks. 

Everything is clean and bright and spacious, with 
little of the dark catacomb-like quality that 
characterizes such edifices as the old graduate 
library at Chapel Hill. It is impossible to imagine 
anyone getting lost here, of being accidently lock- 
ed in for the night. There's no need of a hotline or 
whatever to call for help from when you look up 
from your desk and realize the overhead lights are 
turned off and the doors are locked. This school does 
not have that rite of passage. 

On the fourth floor, a pale and disheveled film stu- 
dent curses softly when he finds that the photos of 
Sophia Loren undressing for Marcello Mastroian- 
ni have been torn out of Eroticism in the Cinema, 
and curses ever louder when the chapter on Russ 
Meyer proves to be even more severely mutilated. 
In the microfilm room another communications ma- 
jor, lanky and unkempt and resplendent in his bright 
red tie, pauses in his perusal of the Playboy inter- 
view with Ted Turner to ogle a centerfold or two. 
On the seventh floor some members of the soccer 
team snicker over a copy oiKnave (not the library's). 
And on every floor young men and women look up 
from their thick books and exchange furtive glances 
and even shy smiles. Yes, even here, sex rears its 
not-so-ugly head. 

But this is not a "meet market" like the 
undergraduate library at Chapel Hill, and no one 
dresses up or puts on make-up to come here. 
Scholarly pursuits take precendence. The hours tick 
by, the pages turn. 

Love and Death in the American Novel. Hitchcock: 
The Dark Side of Genius. Marx and Freud. New 
Theories of Quantum Physics. The Komodc Dragon 
and the Lesser Sumatran Monitor Lizards. Ar- 
chaeology and the Anglo-Saxon Conquest. The Devil 
Drives: A Biography of Sir Richard Francis Bur- 
ton. Who among us would be reading these if we 
weren't here? 

It is good to think we are richer for the ex- 
perience, though, and perhaps we are. The hours 
tick by, the pages turn. 

Ian McDowell 




An Introduction 



Almost every university in the United States has 
a playground— Chapel Hill has its Franklin Street, 
Florida State has its Tennessee Street. Our version, 
though, is somewhat more modest. 

Tate Street and College Hill; both have a quaint, 
unspoiled, uncommercialized charm. 

Some are quick to compare our rather small 
playground to other, larger, perhaps more famouns 
playgrounds their friends at other universities have 
told them about. They speak of real excitement, of 
rock clubs and nightclubs that rival coliseums, of 
loud music and bright lights and the ability to do 
all your heart desires. 

Ours is by necessity a different, more understated 
approach to collegiate recreation. Despite the fact 
that a major university is no more that a few feet 



away, the Tate Street/College Hill area doesn't 
reflect any of that hussle or bustle. 

And that's probably a pretty accurate reflection 
of UNC-G. We don't have a football team here and 
probably never will. The rabid excitement that goes 
along with a Division One powerhouse stomping the 
precious bodily fluids out of a Big Ten rival simply 
does not exist in our small part of the world. 

No matter how much we try to tell ourselves to 
the contrary, most of us aren't real party animals. 
We're artists, scientists, and professionals, capable 
of understanding all of the subtleties of our respec- 
tive crafts, and while we may leave the classroom 
behind, we seldom leave the academic discipline we 
learned there. It follows us even into our favorite 
taverns and coffeehouses. 



So begins the Pine Needles' profile of Tate Street 
and College Hill, an enigmatic suburb of an urban 
university devoid of the mass hysteria that usually 
accompanies college life. Right now, in 1986, you 
may not know this cultural institution at all. But, 
fifty or so years from now, this section may serve 
as a link to the beginnings of your adulthood— a way 
of rekindling old and happy memories of those 
simpler days gone by. 

—David Pugh 




New York Pizza 



Driving down Tate Street, looking lazily at the 
various shops that line the street, one quickly notices 
one establishment that is unlike any other. Even to 
the casual passerby, something definitely seems 
amiss. At the corner of Walker Avenue and Tate 
Street is a squat, white building so stuffed with peo- 
ple it seems on the point of bursting. Through its 
large smoked glass windows, hundreds of silhouet- 
tes can be seen undulating m the hazy darkness. 

It's Tuesday, and this madness is part of the week 
ly routing for the crowd at New York Pizza, 

It is hard to communicate the overall ambience 
of an extremely crowded university tavern if you've 
never experienced it. The air as thick as Vanilla pud- 
ding with the smells of stale cigarette smoke, 
perspiration and alcohol all mingled together for a 
unique olifactory sensation; loud pop music oozes 
through the atmosphere from the juke box in the 
comer that's busy cranking out the latest chart top- 
pers; the lights are soft and low. making everything 
from the clientele to the tavern itself more attrac- 
tive. From the kitchen comes a piping hot pizza; with 
it's fresh baked aroma, it creates attention as it 
glides over the heads of patron balanced atop a 
waitress's steady arm. Then there's the veritable 
river of beer that flows from the bar, pitcher after 
pitcher of the frothy gold stuff —sixteen kegs on an 
average Tuesday. Only it can wash away the stress 
that arises from too many hours in the library or 
too much time staring at a textbook. 



There, in the perfect darkness, with the din of a 
serious party all around, deals are made, relation- 
ships are forged, and nerves unwind. Many seem 
to consider this the very pinnacle of collegiate ex- 
istence and perhaps it is. The Animal Hoicse mind- 
set is a real thing and if indulged in strategically 



can be very rewarding, at least in the short run. 
Which is what going to New York Pizza on a Tues- 
day night is all about. Truly, it's a zoo, but usually 
we're ready for it. NYP is for the harried, neurotic 
beast that hides behind the academic facade, and 
tonight this is one beast looking to get wild. 




College Hill Sundries 



It's an unassuming little tavern, perched on the 
corner of Mendenhall and Spring Garden. Plants 
obscure your view as you peer in and try to check 
out the action. 

When you approach the entrance door, a strange 
sensation washes over you; it's like stepping into 
a movie. The sounds of old Motown rattle the 
frosted glass in the door. Turning the brass knob, 
you push the door open and step inside. The walls 
are of dark wood and the lighting is indirect. The 
mustacheoed man behind the bar slowly turns to the 
cash register, revealing the motto on his T-shirt: 
"Located in Greensboro's most prominent ghetto." 



Welcome to College Hill Sundries, home to the 
greatest jukebox in this part of the civilized world. 

While most jukeboxes do little more than provide 
irritation for the vast percentage of patrons of any 
tavern, the one at College Hill is different. It doesn't 
have any current pop music. That's what radios are 
for. Here, things are different. Consider the names. 

The Talking Heads. Gene Pitney. The Beatles. 
Marvin Gaye. The Rolling Stones. Van Morrison. 
Aretha Franklin. Creedece Clearwater Revival. 

This kind of atmosphere is not for people look- 
ing for a congested good time; folks wanting a chest- 
to-chest rub through a meat market are advised to 



go somewhere else. Those who frequent this little 
tavern do so often, which pleases the management 
just fine. The beer is cold, the music is lively, and 
the people are upbeat. 

What has endeared this lowly beer bar to a small 
but loyal following is its atmosphere. Here, the 
fragrant aroma of cold imported beers mingles with 
the soft smell of burning tobacco, creating a uni- 
que but comfortable ambiance. Music form the 50s 
and 60s helps to carry us back to another time 
which, and that's all to the good. At a time in our 
hves when all we do is expand the limits of our short- 
term memories, it's sometimes nice to think back 
a little farther than last week. 




Friars' Mr. Jackson 



Mr. Jackson doesn't give interviews anymore. He 
says that every so often for the last decade, another 
student comes by from yet another student publica- 
tion and asks him for yet another interview. 
Sometimes, two students from the same publication 
come by during the same week and ask him the 
same question; 

"Mr. Jackson, I'd like to interview you for my 
story in the..." 

You certainly can't fault him. Three interviews 
a year, every year for the last ten, would tend to 
sour one towards talking to cub reporters. 

And you can't really fault the aspiring writers 
either; they are just trying to seize on a good story 
idea. Mr. Jackson is an interesting character and 
has been selling fine wine and gourmet coffee for 
about as long as anybody can remember. And his 
place is quaint and quiet, filled with the sort of com- 
fortable clutter that can captivate even regulars for 
hours. 

Sure, Friar's is the kind of place that we as 



students keep coming back to because it's so much 
more fun than a regualr convenience store. It's a 
place that feels good, like an old pair of slippers. 
Mr. Jackson has even seen fit to paste the conser- 
vative and commonsencical sayings of Calvin 
Coobdge on the wall, clipped from the various times 
Newsweek has honored his homespun philosophy 
for doing business and getting things done. This lit- 
tle collection of his wisdom is taped to the wall next 
to the tables where patrons nibble on bagels and 
slurp down expresso. 

And the way Mr. Jackson runs Friar's is just as 
satisfyingly unpretentious. Everything is very much 
up-front. 'There is no question about how fresh the 
coffee is; you grind it yourself. If tea is your bag, 
it's his too, with more that seventy-five flavors sit- 
ting on the shelf. In fact, almost all the little things 
that make life pleasant can be found in Mr. 
Jackson's little store. 

So it's okay if you don't want to do interviews 
anymore, Mr. Jackson. We still love you anyway. 



Sav-Way 

On the surface, it may appear strange U) celebrate 
a supermarket in a college yearbook, but in a very 
certain sense it needs to be dune. 

This is no ordinary supermarket. This is the Sav- 
Way. This is where we buy toothpaste and beer and 
munchies and beer and hot dogs and beer and sodas. 

And beer. They sell a lot of beer at the Sav-Way— 
ventable mountains of twelve packs. It's reasonably 
priced and most college students are on a very low 
budget, and we all know what that means: Schaefer 
or Blatz or whatever's on sale. 

A l)eer supermarket is very convergent. Of course 
they sell all the other necessaties that make life 
worth living— toilet paper, toothpaste, roach bombs 
and such. They're open late, so if you run out of 
something at the proverbial last minute you can still 
run to the Sav-Way. Just be sure to slip in before 
they lock the door. 

But convenient store hours and good prices on 
beer are not the reason we are devoting space to 
this establishment. Instead, consider this; during 
a four year stint year at UNC-G, it's almost impossi- 
ble to have not gone to the Sav-Way at least once 
a week if not more often. 

So when you look back on your college career 
years from now, think that you may have only had 
two semesters in an English classroom, just on year, 
but you've spent four going to the Sav-Way. 

^'The place used to have a reputation all over the city 
as a place you shouldn't be after dark. It was kind of 
dark and sleazy and people worried a lot about getting 
mugged or just hassled. There 's not too much of that left 
now - and that's a shame. " 

- a ''Tate-streeter" 




Last Act 



It's a sleepy Wednesday night at The Last Act, 
a small, rather unobtrusive restaurant and bar on 
Tate Street. Scattered clumps of people huddle in 
quiet corners, sharing a drink and a moment. Time 
slips by and early evening becomes late evening. As 
another midnight approaches, something happens 
again as it has happened dozens of times before. 

Almost directly across the street, a show lets out 
of Aycock Auditorium. As it does, this sleepy tavern 
fills with boisterous theatre patrons stopping for a 
nightcap and a long talk about the production 
they've just seen. But as time slips by an interesting 
change occurs. The theatre-goers are gradually 
replaced by performers. Soon, the back porch is in- 
vaded and occupied by actors and technicians, all 
gesticulatmg wildly as they rerun the show they've 
just performed. They laugh and crack endless in- 
jokes. talking about the insanities and inanities 
they've had to endure druing the course of putting 
on their show. 

It seems this particular nightspot fulfills two pur- 
poses for us at UNC-G. It gives those in the per- 
forming arts community a chance to blow off a lit- 
tle steam and it provides the rest of us a chance to 
see them as real people doing the things real peo- 
ple do. 





ARA 

Herb Eats Here 
(And So Do We) 



When many of us first came to UNC- 
G, the spectacle of the ARA cafeteria in- 
trigued us for reasons we could never 
really comprehend. The food wasn't par- 
ticularly good; not bad for institutional 
fare but certainly nothing to alert the 
media about. It isn't much in terms of 
restaurant atmosphere, either, resembl- 
ing a barn more than a place where 
civilized people would gather to break 
bread and share the end of the day. 

Still, we come back, meal after meal, 
year after year— drawn for reasons we 
can never really figure out. Even when 
we eventually move off campus, 
establishing our own places, we return 
like salmon swimming upstream to our 
birthplace. 

Maybe that analogy is a little heavy and 
sounds a bit strange, but it's certainly no 
stranger than some of the goings-on in 
either of the four dining halls. 

Consider the people dressing up in the 
latest fashions— straight out of Rolling 
Stone or Glaynour— just to eat a 
cheeseburger in ARA. And let's not 
forget the sight of an entire freshman hall 
marching to the cafeteria to eat en masse, 
looking more like a platoon of lost 
Marines than college students; well- 
dressed girls clamoring for the highest 



profile spots in State, the Scope-i-teria; 
entire tables in North filled with actors 
dressed in the bizarre working costumes 
of the day. Then there's the Mausoleum- 
Spencer— the quiet room in the back. 
Complete with vaulted ceilings, it 
possesses a hushed atmosphere that feels 
more like a church than a college 
cafeteria. 

What is the attraction? What are we 
looking for'? If it's not the food or the at- 
mosphere, what is it that brings us back 
time and time again? 

Perhaps, it is the "us" in the last state- 
ment. Maybe, just maybe, the cafe is a 
familiar stomping ground where we can 
be comfortable; a place where the strong 
bonds of friendship are formed again and 
again. Chances are, some of us will marry 
a person we met in the dining hall. Others 
may start a business or create a partner- 
ship lasting for decades over "just one 
more cup of coffee" at lunch. 

Home is where the heart is, or in this 
case, where the stomach is. The cafeteria, 
like the kitchen table of our parents' 
homestead, is where plans are drawn and 
dreams are realized. 

Man does not live by bread alone. In the 
case of the ARA cafeteria, that homily is 
definitely true. 

—David Pugh 




From the simple to the 
philosophically intricate, from good- 
humored to obscene, graffiti is alive 
and well at UNCG. And students 
seem to like it that way. 

Starting from the "Rock" in front 
of the cafeteria (where crudely 
painted slogans have long been tradi- 
tion), grafitti artists have spread their 
sometimes artful, mostly awful, 
messages across the UNCG campus. 
From "TKE" spray-painted on grass 
and sidewalks to the proverbial 
writing on the (bathroom) walls, very 
little of UNCG has escaped the touch 
of pen or paint. 

"We have rules about graffiti," said 
a UNCG Residence Hall director. 
"But people don't seem to take them 
seriously." He pointed to the scrawl- 
ed "Dork" which has adorned the 



back of North Spencer Hall for more 
than 5 years now as evidence of his 
claim. Campus Security is working ti > 
crack down on graffiti and prevent 
further defacement of school proper- 
ty, citing the money wasted each year 
in repairing damage done by 
graffiteers. 

But for the people who found 
"heaven on the 7th floor" of Cone 
Hall, thought Bill the Cat should run 
and win as a presidential candidate, 
or thought TKE and Alpha Delta Pi 
were important enough to tattoo a 
sidewalk for, graffiti can be a form of 
honest self-expression. And while that 
energy might possibly find better 
outlets, it is, in itself, a very impor- 
tant and precious quality, one that 
UNCG should hang on to. 

—Mark A. Corwm 






5^ 'foo" 





t'' 



r&: K- 






H"^^ 
^..^''^. 






?>^ 



"> * 



\V 



w 



•^C/,y 






-o<^ 










Making Changes: 

Spencer Is Renovated 




"Yes, we will be renovating both 
Spencer halls this year," said one 
Residence Life official. But most students 
were skeptical— after all, they'd heard 
about renovations beginning there for the 
last two years with nothing materializing. 
When so many female students enrolled 
that North Spencer had to be kept open 
for the fall most people gave up on even 
slim hopes. "Maybe next year," was the 
consensus. 

But spring semester brought a new 
story. Students arrived back from the 
Christmas break to find fenced off like a 
prisoner of war camp and fronted by 
large semi-trailers filled with construc- 
tion parts. Within days even more 
evidence began to surface— tons of 



plaster carted away by trucks, holes 
smashed in outer walls, tiny one-man 
bulldozers running in and out of base- 
ment doors with load after load of crush- 
ed cement and dirt. Peering in through 
blindless windows, students no longer 
saw cozy dorm rooms, but packs of 
workmen who peered back with just as 
much interest. It wasn't long before 
everyone realized this time, the renova- 
tions were for real. 

And, just as suddenly, they were 
forgotten— becoming little more than an 
oddity to glimpse on your way to and 
from class. Beyond the edge of the cam- 
pus proper, across from McNutt Center, 
half a block of houses and an old church 
were leveled as just another part of the 



university's Master Plan for expansion. 
And only high rise residents glimpsed the 
clearing of a large part of the woods 
behind Cone Hall to make way for 
another parking lot. In all, very little fuss 
was made about the whole affair. Accor- 
ding to Residence Life, that made them 
very happy. 

Now finally started, renovations and 
building will be a part of the day to day 
life of UNCO students for years to come. 
As the new Physical Activities Complex 
and Art Center begin construction and 
other projects are brought up to speed, 
there is only one thing for certain— the 
campus of the future will never be quite 
the same as it was in 1986. 

Mark A. Corum 



The Miss Neo-Black 
Society Pageant 1985 




A standing room only crowd packed Cone 
Ballroom October 4th for a chance to see what 
posters and other advertisements had billed as 
"Crystal Images of Class. Elegance, and Beauty." 
What they came away with were memories of a Miss 
Neo-Black Society Pageant notable for both enter- 
tainment and quality. And, for many members of 
the audience, there was a clearer understanding of 
the NBS as an organization made up of people 
rather than just people of a single race. Because the 
Miss NBS pageant is not just a "black" event, but 
an event of people. The talent, enthusiasm, and feel- 
ing shown there each year transcends petty racial 
bounds - and for that reason it is, as one audience 
member put it, and "eye opening experience for 
anyone who hasn't ever come to one before." 

Eight contestants vied for the covented Miss NBS 
title in competition through several different 
categories. A reception prior to the pageant itself 
gave judges Bettina Shuford, Pat Bethea, Emory 
Rand, Brenda Cooper and Mike Stewart and chance 
to meet the contestants and judge their interper- 
sonal skills. The actual pageant began with an in- 
troduction by NBS president Antonia Monk, the 
singing of the Black National Anthem, and the in- 
troduction of emcees Cynthia Moore (a former Miss 
NBS and UNCG Homecoming Queen) and Robert 
Bryant, a member of UNCG's basketball squad. 
They introduced the opening event of the pageant, 
a dance involving all the contestants to the song 
"Rhythm of the Night." 






The real competition began after the dance and 
situational dress segments were done - and after 
a break provied by the NBS' Ebony in Motion Dance 
Company. When it came time for the talent com- 
petition, the contestants launched into it with in- 
credible vigor. 

An original monologue by freshman Telia Hand 
began the segment on a very positive note as "To- 
day's Black Woman," and sophomore Sabrina 
Butler kept it in motion with a dance performed to 
the song "Prime Time." 

A more classical chord was struck by freshman 
Rojulyanne Finch, who played the piano, and 
another freshman, Audrey Barbour, who perform- 
ed a spoken piece by Nikki Giovanni. Following 
them was Angel Strong, who performed a vocal ren- 
dition of "The Greatest Love of All" that brought 
the audience to its feet. 

But not failing to continue the momentum was 
Qwanda Loftin. whose tribute in music and words 
to Billie Holiday was another audience favorite - but 
the hit of the talent competition was Viveva 
Williams, whose rendition of "Amazing Grace" on 
the flute was absolutely electrifying. Following this 
very hard act to follow in fine form was Kathy 
Gates, who sang "He is My All" to end the 
competition. 

After another break with entertainment by Ruth 
McClary and Andre Minkins singing a duet of 
"Secret Lovers," the ladies reappeared on stage 
with escorts from NC A&T University's ROTC and 



iP^Wl^^^^^F^B^^ 


^P^^H 


W^ B m ^^^m » W¥ ^ 


K'^^^ 


I^^^^^^^^^B 


iff 




|f 


^^^^^^^rN^# ^ J 


W' 


^BjrAwy -^r 


J 


i ^^fc^,L-^B 


1^ 


^■L < ^^^^RMr ^^^^1 


w 


%kF^ 1 ^ ^Gb&Hl 


I 


Jljj^^Hf V & 1 1^ ^^^^1 


■ 



Outgoing Miss NBS Angel Chavis hugs the new queen, 
Kathy Gates. 



passed beneath swords upheld by A&T's Sabre 
Guard. There, they answered questions pulled at 
random from a glass bowl which asked their opi- 
nions on issues, how they would behave in certain 
situations, or what they would if given a special op- 
portunity. Of all categories, this one served up the 
most cheers and the most heartbreaks as they voted 
their opmions of their favorite contestants' words. 
Unlike may pageants where such questions are 
simply wmdow dressing, judges were told that one 
of the main attributes they were to look for was how 
well the future Miss NBS could express herself in 
public and think on her feet. The results showed this 
markedly. 

Miss NBS 1984-85. Angel Chavis. took a final 
walk onstage prior to the crowning of the new win- 
ner to music and a taped farewell message. And as 
she sat by and watched from the back of the stage. 
the presentations were made. 

To the approval of the audience, Viveca Williams 
beat a path to and from the podium as she recieved 
awards as Miss Congeniality, Most Talented, and 
as second runner-up. Qwanda Loftin was then nam- 
ed as the first runner up. 

After a tense moment, Kathy Oates was finally 
named as the new Miss NBS 1985-86. After hugg- 
ing her predecessor as Chavis placed the crown on 
her head, she made her way up the center runway 
to wave tearfully to the audience amidst a blaze of 
flashbulbs. 

Mark A. Corum 




Living & Learning: 
UNCG's Residential College 





R.C.— A Combination of Philosophy & Fun 



7:30 a.m. The alarm screams at you. 
Your body sleeps on as your brain 
registers the fact that you have a nine 
o'clock class. No sweat. You slap the 
snooze button with satisfaction and 
roll back over into slumberland. Your 
bare feet finally hit the floor at ten till 
nine. 

While most would panic at such a 
tardy awakening, you yawn. 
Everything is under control, for your 
class does not meet in some God for- 
saken wasteland such as the B&E 
Building, but right in your own living 
room. So you head downstairs with 
your cup of Java, and you don't care 
about your tousled appearance, 
because this is the Residential Col- 
lege, where it's the stuff between 
your ears that counts the most. Peo- 
ple around here are more impressed 
with statements of intellectual 
rebellion than Calvin Klein jeans or 
perfectly arranged eyelashes. There's 



too much to THINK about, too many 
UNRESOLVED and VITAL ques- 
tions to answer for once and for all: 
what is the purpose of cheesy poetry? 
Just who did actually kill that folded 
dog? Can ear-wax statues be con- 
sidered art? Did Socrates have his 
head screwed on straight, or was he 
crazy like the rest of us? Inquiring 
minds want to know. 

Murray Arndt, director and guru of 
the Residential College, will advise 
students to put aside for the time be- 
ing their professional money- 
grubbing aspirations, and instead to 
experience life and learning as 
"amateurs." An amateur partakes in 
a venture not for money, but because 
it brings a joyous intellectual satisfac- 
tion. Therefore, an amateur student 
is fascinated by Walt Whitman, not 
burdened. This intellectual environ- 
ment, embodied by the Residential 
College, will ideally create an in- 



tuitive, reflective and sensitive 
student. 

Ideology aside, living in Mary Foust 
can be one hell of a lot of fun. There 
is always some sort of craziness go- 
ing on somewhere, whether it's tur- 
ning the second floor women's 
bathroom into a steamroom or a for- 
bidden "tea-party" on the roof when 
the R.D. is out of town. Futhermore, 
when you live in Mary Foust, you are 
liable to know just about everyone 
elsethat inhabits the place. 
Sometimes this fact can drive you 
crazy, but it usually promotes a real 
sense of family. Everybody's family 
drives them a liitle crazy, right? At 
R.C., however, it is a constructive 
craziness, an intellectual intensity, a 
philosophical free-for-all that makes 
its participants look at the world, not 
as it is, but as it ought to be. 

Mike Read 





Art 

On 

Paper 



The 21st Annual Art On Paper Exhibit and a suc- 
cession of visiting artists highlighted the Weathers- 
poon Art Gallery's twenty-fifth year at UNC-G. The 
various MFA thesis exhibits in the spring semester 
had welcome company with a combined faculty show 
in April. 

Fall 1 985 got off to a positive start with the news 
that the North Carolina state legislature voted to 
match gallery funds to build a new art center here 
at the school by 1990. This, of course, will mean ad- 
ditional space, space that is vital if the gallery is 
ever to show many of the pieces that are part of 
the permanent collection. The collection is 
predominantly 20th century American art and is 
valued at around 15 million dollars. The Greensboro 
community provides most of the financial support 
for the gallery. Many of the works have come from 
private donations. 

A retrospective on B.J.O. Nordfeldt, an early 20th 
century American expressionist, was the year's first 
exhibit. During his eclectic career Nordfeldt work- 
ed in virtually every major style of this century. 

Thret' visitmg- artists came in the Fall through the 
support uf the HerLtert and Louise Falk Visiting Ar- 
tist Endowment. Gary Burnley showed his unusual 
spherical sculptures and colorfully designed rugs 
that visitors were encouraged to tread on. Michael 
Zwack, a fairly successful artist living in New York 
City, displayed his "Golden Warriors" portraits and 
"History of the World" landscapes. These works 
transformed photographs from National Geographic 
into earthy, timeless pieces. Mike Smith entertain- 
ed everyone with his performing character known 
as Mike Smith. He domostrated new possibilities for 
video, performance, and Moon Pies. Arrangements 
for the visiting artists were made by Donald Droll 
and Sue Canning. 

The highlight of the year was probably the 21st 
.\nnual Art On Paper Exhibition, sponsored by the 
Dillard Paper Co. and the Weatherspoon Guild. It 
impressed viewers with its variety, much expand- 
ed from past years. Included in the show were works 
by several vi'ell-known artists from the present and 
works on paper by artists from the first half of the 
century. The Art department faculty was well 
represented. Many of these works were high points 
vf the show. Galler>- director Bert Carpenter show- 
ed, as did John Maggio, who'd already had a one- 
man show earlier in the year, "My Wilderness", an 
unusual black and white illustration created by Marc 
Eisenberg out of paper, acrylic, and sand, was 
chosen to become part of the Dillard collection of 
the gallery. 

Two works, "Fire and Rain" by Elizabeth Mur- 
ray and "Open Air" by John Marshall, were donated 
to the gallery by various donors in honor of Assis- 
tant Director Donald Droll, who had died shortly 
after the show opened. The works have in common 
a free painterly style with no focal point. A 
memonaJ service was held in the gallery area, a sad 
postscript to an exciting year of visual fine art. 
—Cary Wilson 






% 



'1^Mf-< 









4% 















■^X\e 



TA^** 



nH®' 



,d<^' 



f^^^ 













V\o^ 



.^v^ 



^^ 



■A^ 



^o^ 



.v3\v^ 



^^^ 



^^.0 



^ 



^ 



GV3^ 






-4- V/ '9 -O 












Q- 



'%. 



V^. 


















^ 



^<:^/ 



BELLA ABZUG 

Wednesday, September 4 

8:1 5 p.m. Aycock Auditorium 

A controversial attorney, lecturer, author, 
congresswoman and advisor to former President 
Carter, Bella Abzug stands at the forefront of those 
concerned with the human condition. 



EIKOANDKOMA 

Wednesday, September 1 1 

8: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

A merging of Japanese theatre movement, 
German modern dance of the Bauhaus era and the 
excellence of modern American dance combined 
in the choreography/movement theatre of Eiko 
and Koma. 

NORTH CAROLINA SYMPHONY 
CHARLES TREGER, violin soloist 

Friday, September 1 3 

Wednesday, January 22 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

The first State supported symphony in the 
nation, continues the tradition of excellence with its 
fall performance featuring solo violinist Charles 
Treger. 

FREDERICAVONSTADE 
Tuesday, September 1 7 
8: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 
internationally renowned mezzo soprano, 
Frederica VonSfade brings the excellence of 

Netherlands Dance Theatre 



professional opera to audiences where ever she 
performs. Her voice has been called a treasure of 
the musical world. 

AMBASSADOR ABBA EBAN 
Wednesday, October 1 6 
8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Acknowledged as probably the World's most 
articulate speaker, Abba Eban has been at the 
center of Israeli politics since the state was estab- 
lished in 1949. He has served at United Nations 
ambassador, ambassador to Washington, Deputy 
Prime Minister and Foreign Minister. 

UNC-G DANCE COMPANY 

Friday, November 22 

Saturday, November 23 

Friday, April 18 

Saturday, April 1 9 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

The UNC-G Dance Company each year 
produces exciting interpretations of classical and 
modern choreography including the work of guest 
choreographers such as Aiwin Nikolais, Cliff 
Keuterand Satoru Shimizaki. 

HORACiO GUTIERREZ 

Sunday, November 24 

8: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

A pianist of unsurpassed artistry and inter- 
pretative ability, Horacio Gutierrez has been 
critically hailed in performance around the world. 



UNIVERSITY CONCE 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro • 



GARY BURTON 

Friday, January 17 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Jazz vibraphone artist, Gary Burton, is known 
for his interpretative jazz duets with outstanding ar- 
tists including Chick Corea, Pat Metheny and Mick 
Goodrick. Burton borrowed from contemporary 
rock and traditional jazz for a fusion of style 
tradition equally his own. 



STUFF AS DREAMS ARE MADE ON 
with FRED CURCHACK 

Tuesday, January 28 
8: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Writer, performer Curchack in a solo perfor- 
mance which traces the breakdown of an actor 
who tries to play all the roles in Shakespeare's 
comedy The Tempest. Can the diverse characters 
of this comedy coexist in one actor's mind and 
body? A theatrical fable for our times. 



NATIONAL THEATRE OF THE DEAF 

Wednesday, March 26 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

A theatre which speaks with two voices: one for 
the ear and another for the eye. Blending the 
spoken word and sign language. National Theatre 
of the Deaf has created a new, exciting theatre 
form. (Special school and group rates available for 
this performance, contact our box office.) 



UNC-G OPERA 

Friday, April 1 1 

Saturday, April 1 2 

8: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Sunday, April 1 3 

2: 1 5 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Students of the School of Music and UNC-G 
Theatre combine each season to present the best 
in opera performance. 



4 



GUARNERI STRING QUARTET 

Sunday, April 20 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

A return performance after several years' ab- 
sence, the Guarneri String Quartet brings their 
nationally renowned and artistically excellent inter- 
pretation of classical chamber music favorites to 
Greensboro audiences. 



NETHERLANDS' TOURING COMPANY 

Tuesday, April 29 

8:15 p.m., Aycock Auditorium 

Originating from their performance residence in 
the Hague, the Netherlands' Touring Company 
gives approximately 50 performances abroad. 
Whether performing at Rome's Olimpic, 
Metropolitan Opera, or Wolf Trap, they leave 
audiences spellbound, giving great performances 
with a a style between classical, free and acrobatic 
which is the trademark of Jiri Kylian. artist director. 

All Programs Subject to Change 




IT* LECTURE SERIES 

reensboro, North Carolina 27412-5001 • 379-5546 



■I I # <" 1 



L' 



E^M, 



S£R©. 



No""^' 



,',S.5«» • 



uH\V,t?3- 




Eiko & Koma 



'VKsmemsmss^Bi 



Lighting by Blu 

GRAIN 

Premiere: Kampo Cultural Center. New York. February 1983 

Conceived and performed by Eiko & Koma 

Music: Japanese. Tibetan and Idonesian Folk 

Sound Recording: Phil Lee of Full House Productions 

"Grain" lasts approximately one hour, and is performed without intermission. 
©1983, Eiko & Koma. All rights reserved. 

iliBi 



Mezzo-Soprano 

Frederica von Stade 



Martin Katz, Piano 
Program 

Gabriel Faure 



Richard Strauss 



Four Songs 

"Les Roses d'Ispahan" 
"Mandoline" 
"Au cimetiere" 
"La Rose" 

Three Liebeslieder 
"Rote Rosen 



Gioacchino Rossin 

Gioacchino Rossin 
Intermission 

Aaron Copland 
Virgil Thompson 
Charles Ives . . , 
Charles Ives . . . . 

Thomas Pasatieri 
Joseph Canteloub( 



Arnold Schoenberg 




s 


Mk 


i 


c 


■vrv^p 


^1 


sc:-/" 


^ 


^ 


^^^^ 


'P- a 


i^^s 





™[y™9^ L- — 


i^^l 


F 




\ ^^Bj^^^^^^^H 


M ■■'^^^B 


^^^^i 


u ^H^^n 


^HHHI 


s ^^^^^^ 


■Hi^H 


I ^^^^^H 


^Hj^^H 


c 




^^^H 




■■»»»«'''»«««»t™row,w»<^^ 





Mu^^'' the '^^' 
one 0] 



Fully 



^*^ '^ performer 






throws 



usic 



ducfl' 






tion. 



^cstra 



^'-^i^ssl 



^'^sicur. 



Lisa Card-e'l 
■•^^ OeVane 



nlfer Fanning 

Brian Foll« 
ftnnaHar-e>l 

Randy P®*^ '.^ 



K 






^; 



f^'Vers 



'"^d n,, ■ 




ATE STUD^ 
tRADU^^ . J Arts 

D--*°^-'^ .e: P'«^°Vum^nt3 






luiW' 



g, ''''^ty Men's r, °" 
f°^^ Choir ^^''^Oub 

Opera ""Sers 

'^^^'^ and Aa 
'^°opernf ^^'^ical r 



-GTh 



''eatre) 



p^'^r::ch^.3traHn^^ 

niost 
cono 



ore 
ii"^^'''^' Hon 



strin? 



77, 



'^' U 



niva 



'^fNorH, 




""'^C'^end. 



'oiv 



uitfl^' 



ducting 



dflgo^ 



,,ition^ 



ice"' 



al con 
. ,. u,ith op-- .,„e/ 

N^"^^' including ^'2r ^^ Sai 



^^reili 



com 
eleven- 
xoirtd anc 
XheorV 
CornP 



^^■'^'^ fi;,, 



^^oo^s. '^.I'^P^on^t,^ 



^''Phoni^ 



Oi 



itiou 



%s'^'' 



Chop 



^n Ma 



z^rka 



''^"^^SS" 



^^^"^.'.'^^■-?"^^ 



!;« I'-Sf"-.;. 






^"PA)o, 



^"P/10, 



"^u/n 






John 



Ste 



vens 



nium 



''''^n & tuba 

"^'P' tuba 



^^gene 



^ndt 



^>^son 
















-r:jS;:?E*^ '^ 



\^ aC^"^ 













,\a\' v^a<^ ^ 




String 
Ensemble 




Collegium 
Musicum 



"5 ^ 
Q S 



ii: tn U u Li. :^ 



5:< 



9 en 
C£ 



lO '-' -o 
5 < U "5 ^ 

2: uQ < _j 



w 5- _^ ^ 



o 5 - 
I ° ^ 



I- U U 2 U 



; Q Lu 

■ I I ^ . 

^ .2 c! 

o o S ' 









O 



-D — c: -± o. 
Q U it :^ 1/5 



^■^ 



2 3 -5 H "?-§~ 

en S ^ — ra o 
uj Q P ^ Ji CO 



Q 
O 



z 



;;:q-q: 



- I 

IS uj 2 S -2 
CO j= o 2 -S 



.2-1 §! 

^ 5 ;^ ^_ -c £ 5 
c -S 3 ^ U I S- 



t3 "O r~ -;s 



:2: oi-a 






(- U 2 U Q 



g — 5 T3 

3 -o a> = 

13 cu 5 a; 
£ ^ -4 -o 
^ ^ c ^ 



:S E 












.c>c. 






-<j^% % X- '■'6, o. 'o j's %^ o \ \ _ r 



.-^^ 



/■ 'e 









y;;%:: oS^^^ \^^ ^ 



^-V/ 



f-^ °/' ^A L^n <?^ 
















"'4 



'e<-^ 



4^ 



A /-) O, Or. 









^'^'^e %/ v'7'^, % \ ■'<? 






^'^ 



^o' 











o ^NS ''^. 









''"^ 







''How can we know the dancer from the dance?" 

William Butler Yeats 



UNC^G 




AYCOOK AUDITORIUM 



UCLS BOX OFFICE 



379-5546 



DANOE 
OOMPANY 




DIRECTOR 

Ann Deloria 
PHOTO/DESIGN 

Kenton Robertson 
DANCE 

Marcia Pleuin 



NOVEMBER 22. 23 



Making Writers: 

The M.F.A. Writing Program 




"Raise your hand if you want to be 
a writer," says prize-winning poet 
and novelist Fred Chappell. Chap- 
pell's face, sometimes so grimly 
sinister that one reviewer described 
him as looking like he just knocked 
over a gas station, struggles to retain 
that facade and suppress his 
characteristic shy grin. Most of his 
beginning fiction class raise their 
hands. "All right," he says, abandon- 
ing the struggle, "who just wants to 
ivriteT' The chagrined many mentally 
kick themselves as the clever few 
smile and nod. 

Lee Zacharias, the author of Help- 
ing Muriel Make It Through The 
Night and Lessons, tries to tactfully 
tell a young woman in her advanced 
fiction workshop that her long novella 
is, well, hopeless. She decides to begin 
with the question of background 
details and overall verisimilitude. "I 
don't mean to nitpick, but if you set 
a story in Manhattan you ought to be 
able to spell the borough's name cor- 
rectly, especially if that's your title. 
And I can't help noting that the 
heroine is supposed to live in a posh, 
upper-class neighborhood, but you've 
given her a Forty-Second Street ad- 
dress that would put her over an adult 
bookstore or peep show. This reads 
like you've never been north of 
Virginia." The author looks like she'd 
like to crawl under her chair; mer- 
cifully, she leaves at the break and 
doesn't come back. 

It's a difficult business, trying to 
teach people how to write. In fact, it's 
sometimes impossible. Oh, natural 
talent can be amplified through ap- 
plied discipline, but if that talent's not 
there to begin with it's a lost cause. 
The faculty of the Master of Fine Arts 
in Creative Writing Program here at 
UNC-G would be the first to admit 
that. 

"Of course the workshop can't turn 
anyone into a writer who isn't already 
a latent one," says Fred Chappell. 
"WTiat it can do is give him a disciplin- 
ed avenue in which to exercise his 
talents. You have to produce a certain 
amount of work, work that is read 
and criticized by people much like 
yourself. If you're lucky, that helps 
you get better." 

It helped me get better. I entered 
the program in August of 1981 and 
received my MFA in May of 1983. 
The longest and best of my handful 
of published stories was written to 
help me meet my requirement of fif- 




ty pages a semester. Well, actually, 
it was written to keep me from being 
bored during a seminar in 
Shakespeare's Greek and Roman 
plays, most of which I dislike, but I 
then submitted it to the class. If I 
hadn't taken heed of what the visiting 
lecturer, novelist Mark Smith, and the 
more perceptive students said about 
it and revised it accordingly, it would 
not have been saleable. Of course, if 
I had not ignored the less perceptive 
students, like the fellow who com- 
pared it to, so help me God, Poe's 
"Cask of Armadillo" [.sic], I would not 
have even attempted selling it. As 
with any kind of feedback, you have 
to pick out what's really valuable and 
disregard the rest. 

The MFA Writing faculty consists 
of Fred Chappell, Lee Zacharias, Tom 
Kirby-Smith, and Robert Watson. 
Zacharias specializes in fiction, Kirby- 
Smith in poetry; Chappell and Wat- 
son teach both. There are also classes 
in playwriting listed in the Graduate 
School catalog, but that's deceptive, 
as there's not been a seperate 



workshop in that discipline taught in 
the English department in many 
years. Watson and Chappell have 
been known to do individual tutorials 
in it, but both would readily admit it 
is not their specialty. 

These four people have different 
teaching methods. Some are active 
participants and don't hesitate to tell 
a student to ignore everything 
everyone else said in class and then 
launch into a lengthy critique of what 
works in a poem or story. Others 
prefer to act more as referees, 
monitoring the give-and-take of class 
discussion but letting the other 
students supply the principal feed- 
back. Both approaches work. 

Some have their students run off 
photocopies for everyone in class. 
Others prefer to read the students 
works aloud. Both methods have their 
advantages and drawbacks. Both are 
preferable to what we had to do when 
I studied Creative Writing as an 
undergraduate at Chapel Hill, where 
we had to carefully type out our 
stories on sloppy ditto sheets and 



crank them out on the department's 
cantankerous duplicating machine. 
Our hands would be stained for days. 

It's nice to know we're ahead of 
Chapel Hill in some things. In fact, 
UNCG has what is widely regarded 
as one of the finest creative writing 
programs in the country. The pro- 
gram is also affiliated with The 
Greejisboro Review, one of the more 
prestigous literary journals. Works 
from the Renriew are often anthologiz- 
ed; two years ago, John Updike 
selected a piece entitled "Morrison's 
Reaction" for the annual Best 
American Short Stories. I still 
remember how impressed I was when 
Fred read the story, by then-MFA 
candidate Stephen Kirk, aloud in the 
workshop. "That should be published 
somewhere," I thought. 

I can't speak for Steve Kirk, but I 
do know this. If I hadn't entered the 
program here I might still be a writer, 
but I'd be a much worse one. As with 
everything else, we should be grateful 
for any improvement. 

—Ian McDowell 



The MFA "WvtV 

UNC-G 



a 



public I! 

E. L. Od 



The Virginia Dare 



lla 



resents 
fading W 

(iTOROW 



, at 8ptt» 



pt. 1^ 

Room, Al^^^^-^"^ "°^'^ 



UNCG Theatre 









"'f. 






'o 



"Sr, 



\ 






^^Sf 



X, 






NORTH CAROLINA THEATRE FOR 

YOUNG PEOPLE 

announces 

1986 TOUR 






^^e^«' 



1,. v.^- - ^otJ 



Nt<^<= 



*\e 



,eAN 



X>' 



„-.^cV^■^' 



,\ot 






^S^^^' 






M'^ 



O^^ 



;0\^ 



Yo^.^rrAd'^ 






\A' 



^\-oe^_ 



•'1,/ 






c /%S/?C 




PARKWAY 
PLAYHOUSE 




















39th Season 
1985 ' 



'^^: 









,,M>'«<'>ss>'' ^,.«'"""^.-o^''■'"' 



.■^^- 



^^^"Cf'f,^'^' 






PV' 



:&4^'' 



.■.v^^' 



0,^Se' 



ctions Offer Colo: 
to Theater-goers 



m 



. I's flagship production, .. 

to be a popular success, to 
ratfieftfife a faculty member. The gamb 
and Soidk Pacific played to large houi 



1 directed 



)n, Ibsen-Reiiy , it was xcittteri by anotl 
nd dent, M.A. candidate Carolyn Cole 
motional struggle betweer 
!nrth Carolina Black fan 
:ed by the death of their g 



.. jlemishes one expects of an unproducec 
iota, but it boasted good characterizations and ; 
owerfol climax. Carolyn Cole shows a good dea 



E the Fall, Mow- "the Scottish tragedy" or "the Unmentionable" ; 

member. Karma it is supposed to be bad luck to say the title aloi 

:her graduate stu- while you are performing it. That play i 

', Ms. Cole's story William Shakesf>eare's Macbeth. Then, graduate stu- 

n two sisters in a dent Scott Price will mount a production of one o{ 

mily, a struggle Neil Simon's less well-known comedies, the wl ' 

grandmother and sical Fooh, in which Simon temporarily abandot 

heir inheritance, life in contemporary New York for a reworking i 

f an unproduced a Russian folktale concerning a village populate 



is qu 



■ writing, the Spring season has not yet whimsy . y 

id productions that will have become past price of a 

y the time this yearbook comes out are still Future dr 

.V being cast or in the early stages of rehear- ranging a 

^_1. First, faculty member John Sterling Arnold will 

direct what superstitious actors like to refer to as 



. trip from the South Pacific to t\ 
from realistic rural drama to SI 
was a trip that was available for the 
;on pass to this University's stages. 

tic excursions should be ju-' "■' 

nteresting. 

Ian McDowell 



r 



» 




» 



A look at some of the 
students, administrators, 
and faculty members who 
make UNC-G what 



Dr. Chris Anderson 

English 



Dr. Chris Anderson, of the UNC-G English 
Department, clearly loves to teach, an attitude that 
many might find refreshing in a decade when so 
many professors seem to value research over 
classroom instruction. "I got into this business 
because 1 wanted to teach," says Dr. Anderson; "I 
went to a very good liberal arts college and fell in 
love with the life of a teacher. Even to this day I 
feel most like myself when I'm in the classroom. 
Writing is harder for me, perhaps more of a 
challenge, but teaching is what comes naturally." 

Which doesn't mean that he is completely without 
interest in publication. When Pine Needles inter- 
viewed Dr. Anderson in the Fall he was putting the 
final polish on his first book. Reporting the 
Apocalypse, the Rhetoric of Contemporary American 
Nonfiction, a study of the prose styles of Tom Wolfe, 
Truman Capote, Norman Mailer, and Joan Didion. 
At the same time, he was just beginning compar- 
ing Mailer's Of a Fire on the Momi and Wolfe's The 
Right Stuffmth Michael Collins' book on the Apollo 
moonshot and the more recent autobiography of 



Chuck Yeager. 

These may seem odd subjects of study for a man 
whose dissertation was titled "Rhetoric and the 
Limits of Language; A Study of Coleridge, Carlyle 
and Emerson." 

"What I'm interested in is style— how words and 
sentences work in non-fiction prose. I've been able 
to move from English Romanticism to Contem- 
porary American non-fiction because I'm not real- 
ly tied to any one historical period; a rhetorician can 
afford to be a generalist." 

Despite his being trained primarily as a Roman- 
ticist, Dr. Anderson's classroom interests have in- 
deed moved him more and more in the direction of 
rhetoric and compostion since he came here three 
years ago after receiving his Ph.D. from the Univer- 
sity of Washington. His main responsibilities now 
include such Composition Theory classes as English 
322 and 522, where he describes his job as one of 
"teaching teachers to teach," and English 661, the 
graduate-level course in the history of Rhetoric. "I 
think of myself as a writing teacher more than 



anything. I teach writing on all levels. Indeed, that's 
where the time I spend in the classroom and that 
spent behind the typewriter feed into each other. 
Half of the articles I 've published have come directly 
from various classroom experiences. 

"I very much like my students here— particularly 
the older ones. They're very bright, but unpreten- 
tious and down-to-earth. I have a very low threshold 
for preppiness, and UNC-G has relatively little of 
that. This place is unpretentious." 

That distaste for pretension may have been a fac- 
tor in Dr. Anderson's decision to settle here, despite 
his being courted by a prestigous Northern univer- 
sity. "UNC-G just seemed like a sane, comfortable, 
reasonable place to teach. People do a lot of good 
work here, and it's turned out to be a very good 
place for me. I've grown intellectually, and been able 
to develop in ways I wouldn't at other places. 

"I don't miss the ivy on the walls. This place is 
like one of the really good Greensboro 
restaurants— Harry's for instance. Good food and 
no decor." 

Ian McDowell 





Dr. Randolph Bulgin 

English 



With his grave and reserved demeanor and 
general air of scholarly dignity, Dr. Randolph Bulgin 
seems the archetypical professor of English 
literature. Certainly, it does not take a visitor to 
his classroom very long to discover that his air of 
calm formality does not detract from the intensity 
uf his committment towards his field and his 
students. 

Dr. Bulgin received his Ph.D. from Princeton 
after previously attending Davidson, and he has also 
studied at the University of Bristol. The subject of 
his dissertation was T%e Way We Live Now. a work 
that, while having gradually been recognized as 
TroUope's best book, is not the one by that author 
that even English Majors are the most likely to have 
read. In the Fall of 1964 Dr. Bulgin began his 
teaching career here at UNC-G. where he is one of 
the English Department's specialists in Victorian 
literature, teachmg the 19th Century English novel. 
Yet his expertise and interests extend well beyond 
that particular area; anyone who has taken Enghsh 
549 (Literary Criticism: The Major Texts) under him 
soon realizes that he is a bit of a neoclassicist and 
a definite adnurer of Samuel Johnson. 

At first he seems reluctant to accept the former 
designation. "Well, I suppose that I am, but I'm not 
sure that the old distinctions between Neoclassicism 
and Romanticism really mean that much. I think 
that all really great works of literature have a foot 
m both camps, no matter what the larger period to 
which they belong. But 1 do have a real dislike of 
extreme emotionalism, and I don't especially ap- 
preciate the kind of literature in which the writer 
spills his guts out onto the page. If that makes me 
a Neoclassicist, so be it. I do know that I generally 
prefer understatement to overstatement. 

Dr. Bulgin feels that students may not always ful- 
ly realize the opportunities that are open to them 
at an institution like UNC-G. "Students really do 
have an excellent education available to them here. 
Still, I might wish that hey would pay attention to 
still. I might wish that they would pay attention to 
the fact that some classes are necessary, as well as 
disciphne like English, it all fits together in the 
building of a body of specialized knowledge, and 
there are certain subjects you definitely need. 

"I favor a balanced, comprehensive, historical ap- 
proach to English studies— one that covers enough 
material to give you sufficient background to feel 
at ease with any branch of literature. What 
literature ought to do in the end. is to free you. and 
this may include freeing you of your own time and 
place. There are problems in the world other than 
the problems of young people, and it's not going to 
hurt them to rfead works that were written before 
1800. 

"Another of my real convictions is that Literature 
is an art first and foremost, that it is only inciden- 
tally psychology, sociolog>'. or history. And though 
it may remind you of what you are, it should remind 
you of what other people are. too." 

—Ian McDowell 




Mary Helms 

Anthropology 



Anthropology is the study of man and his culture. 
But to really appreciate the unique lifestyles of other 
races, one must live another life. Dr. Mary Helms, 
Anthropology professor and department head at 
UNC-Greensboro, has lived many lives through 
research and field study in Central America. 

Twenty years ago, when Dr. Helms first began 
field work among the Miskito Indian tnbes, she 
gained a better understanding of what it is like to 
live in an unusual environment and participate in 
an alien culture. The expenence was fascinating and 
fnghtening but also special. It isn't an everyday oc- 
curence for a person to be privileged to travel and 
live in an unpredictable culture, learning the rituals 
and beliefs that bind a society together. Dr. Helms 
was naturally curious as to what awaited her when 
she left the United States for Nicaragua. 

Once she reached the village where she would 
spend a year living and learning the customs of its 
people, she says she "became a walking source of 
fun." The first lesson Dr. Helms received was on 
speaking the Miskito langTiage. She acquired the 
rudiments of the tongue within six weeks. "I 
couldn't understand what was being said to me, but 
I did learn the vocabulary and speech. I began to 
think in Miskito before I would in English. Even- 
tually, I began to dream in Miskito. That's when I 
figured I was submerged in it. It was strange go- 
ing back and dealing with English. Sometimes to- 



day I'll think of a Miskito word or concept before 
thinking in English." Her second lesson was on 
building a fire, a practical skill she insists she wasn't 
successful in attaining. 

While studying in Asang, the natives' village. Dr. 
Helms learned firsthand some of the hazards plagu- 
ing the villagers. One day, while measuring fields 
for cultivation, she almost stepped on a coral snake, 
a highly venomous species. However, the dangers 
involved were few and constituted another adjust- 
ment to the indians' daily lives. "I had a job to do. 
I don't remember feeling scared; I felt uncertain. 
There were so many things to cope with moment 
to moment." 

"I was highly visible. I didn't know how to behave. 
I knew it was important for me not to goof! I had 
no idea of what would be considered right or wrong 
behavior. You have to perform but you don't know 
what to do. There was a sense of being without a 
culture. I had a hard time keeping my identity. I 
remember sitting on the porch outside in front of 
my house I lived in and saying, 'My name is Mary 
Helms. I'm and anthropologist and I'm hving in this 
community for a year." 

After her stint was up, Dr. Helms returned to the 
States and began teaching Anthropology. But twen- 
ty years after her original study in Nicaragua, she 
returned for a visit. "It was a reaffirmation that 
I really cared, that I came back," she said. On her 



trip she was asked to inspect an Hondurian refugee 
camp. Traveling up the tropical river, she experienc- 
ed a close association with the river, the villages and 
the dugouts, and realized that it was a unique but 
good life. "I felt very priviledged to be there. It was 
back to basics, something I found very satisfying. 
I enjoyed meeting people I met earlier, and I was 
welcomed like a long-lost relative. I felt I was in a 
time warp and had a sense of coming home again." 

These trips have carried Dr. Helms to vastly con- 
strasting countries and peoples. She has traveled 
to Nicaragua, Europe, The Hondtuas, Columbia and 
Canada. While on these excursions she suffered 
from malaria, hookworm and exotic foods. 
Nonetheless, as an anthropologist. Dr. Helms is 
more aware of the many ways ideas can be initiated. 
By exchanging diverse solutions, she insists that 
new channels open to change and tolerance, 
especially as the globe continues to reveal itself. 

Currently, Dr. Helms is writmg her fourth book. 
Her other literary works mclude journal articles and 
monographs. A member of the American An- 
thropology Association, The Southern An- 
thropological Society and the American Society of 
Ethnohistory, she is also the Anthropology 
representative to the American Association of Ad- 
vanced Sciences, which is the parent organization 
presiding over the independent fields of science. 
Nan Leuns 



^«si«P-««*' 




^1^ mk 





Dr. Jerry Meisner 

Physics 



"I'm not a good spectator," is how Dr. Jerry 
Meisner describes one of the driving forces behind 
both his professional and personal life. "We, as 
Americans, just love to be spectators— and there's 
something wrong with that. When kids are little 
they want nothing more that to climb in 
themselves— but we're just content to watch." 

"In Europe, people argue over dinner— and it's 
expected for people to disagree. Here people seem 
more and more willing to take what some authori- 
ty figure, like Ronald Reagan, says and just accept 
it blindly," says Meisner. 

As a physics instructor. Meisner sees thmgs from 
a different perspective than do many of his peers. 
In an age of word-people and numbers-people. 
Meisner would like to "find a way in which people 
can include more science m a liberal arts education." 
He thinks the key to this is getting students doing 
something. We're all egocentric— we all want to be 
in charge— but if all a teacher does is have his 
students read what others have said it can be pret- 
ty meaningless." 

Known for his involvement with the nuclear freeze 
movement, Meisner still believes that people who 
see science as dangerous are misguided. "Learn- 
ing is not good or evil But science can't work in 
a vacuum— the Manhattan project brought that 
home. I think physicists have learned their lesson 
better than some others—chemists, for instance, 
who sometimes don't even think about what they're 
doing to the environment. The University should 
work to teach students so they won't go to work 
for some company on abstract chemical problems 
and wake up ten years from now thinking 'My God, 



this stuff is killing people.' " 

This urge for teaching is reflected in the collec- 
tion of cartoons which adorn Meisner's office. "I 
admire the cartoonists' efficiency in making 
something interesting and funny so that people can 
see things they would normally overlook." 

Dressed in professorial attire plus runnmg shoes, 
Meisner evidently takes his own advice about do- 
ing rather than observing. "My wife and I have been 
involved in folk music and dance for years now- 
learning and performing dances from the British 
Isles, the mountains, and all over the world. It's 
allowed me to meet people and get involved with 
some of the international students on campus. 
Dance and music are everywhere and they're 
something you can share in. Whether it's learning 
a Bulgarian folk dance or pipe music, I think it's 
better to do that to just read about it. 

"I think it's important to keep the thinking in 
education along with activities. Doing helps me clear 
my head— and I think that diversions that let you 
operate in a slightly different dimension can help 
you see things from a different point of view." 

With a teaching philosophy concentrating on get- 
ting students to work actively, Meisner plays to a 
mixed house in the classroom. "I'd rather be 
remembered by students." he states emphatically. 
Favorably or not, as someone who was demanding. 
Some people respond to that— some don't. Some 
think it's a waste of time. Too many people think 
of universities as trade schools rather than places 
which generate and act as repositories for 
knowledge. I don't believe in that." 

Mark A. Corum 



Dr. Thomas Tedford 

C ommunications 



"These are depressing times for people interested 
in civil liberties," says Dr. Thomas Tedford. As a 
UNC-G communications professor who has devoted 
much of his life to teaching the value of those liber- 
ties both in class and the outside world, he would 
seem to be one qualified to make such a judgement. 

Tedford has become known over the years for the 
classes in semantics and Freedom of Speech and 
Censorship he teaches at UNC-G and his unusual 
way of teaching them. Outside the university, he 
is known across the state as one of the founding 
members of the North Carolina Civil Liberties 
Union (the state affiliate of the American Civil 
Liberties Union), which is dedicated to helping peo- 
ple whose rights have been violated fight back 
within the law. His knowledge in the field has allow- 
ed Tedford to be called, as one lawyer put it, "One 
of the most, if not the most, knowledgeable 
non-lawyers on the subject of the first amendment 
I have ever met." That lawyer added "I'd hate to 
meet him in court on the opposing side." 

After having his textbook on Free Speech in 
America published in 1985, many feel this reputa- 
tion will spread - though Tedford himself would 
rather be known by the company he keeps in the 
NCCLU and as a member of People for the 
American Way - an anti-censorship group founded 
by Norman Lear that is very active in the South. 
Ironically, he sees himself in one of the places where 
the first amendment is at worst risk and cites the 
1985 NC Obscenity Laws as "just another exam- 
ple of how far some people will go to censor." Ted- 
ford is adamant in feeling that "We can only hope 
for a change in the Supreme Court if we ever want 
to have the full freedom guaranteed us in the Bill 
of Rights again." 

And while this would seem a very future-oriented 
view, Tedford thinks we often have to look to the 
past for answers and precedents. "Sometimes peo- 
ple don't know what they want at any one minute 
- but looking back at precedents can often tell you 
if something is good or bad before you do it." Go- 
ing along with this view is Tedford's hobby of col 
lecting political memorabilia - a hobby that brings 
students and former students to his door during 
each new election with buttons, posters and other 
remembrances to add to his collection. 

"I think you have to educate people," is what Ted- 
ford sees as most important in seeing the freedoms 
of speech and press maintained. "People don't like 
admitting they were wrong, so its a lot easier to 
educate them before they make mistakes than 
after." 

Through his classes and out of class teaching, Ted- 
ford is giving people just this kind of education. And 
in a field where the worst enemy is often frighten- 
ed ignorance, education is sometimes the only 
weapon which works. 

Mark A. Corum 




Anita Straugn 

Firefighter 



Flames leap and converge. Swiftly, the fire guts 
a burning house, searing through a foundation that 
seems too strong to be shaken. In the distance, a 
shrill siren penetrates the night, signaling that 
emergency help is on the way. 

For a city as large as Greensboro, it is necessary 
that an adequate number of fire stations be available 
to render service during such a disaster. Qualified 
personnel are also on call to serve as first aid techni- 
cians as well as to combat fires. Anita Straugn, a 
tirewoman from Precinct Five on Friendly Ave., has 
served as a firefighter since 1979, completing her 
basic training in the second class of women to 
graduate from the fire training program instituted 
in 1978. 

At 7:45 in the morning a typical day at the sta- 
tion begins. On goes the impressive uniform, con- 
sisting of a coat, tie, long sleeve white shirt, black 
pants, socks and shoes. Within fifteen minutes, that 
uniform is in place. "Doesn't take long to get dress- 
ed at all," said Anita. "Before you know it, I'm ready." 

The morning is spent checking the equipment to 
guarantee that everything is in running order and 
cleaning the station house and all the vehicles. Each 
day is set aside to launder each component in the 
living quarters, such as the kitchen, bathroom, and 
the yard. 

The afternoon is filled with practice drills in which 
Anita says there are new things to learn all the time. 
Leisure time follows, giving the workers time to do 
what they want to. Anita spends her two hours 
working out with weights and limbering up with 
stretching exercises. The evening hours are utiliz- 



ed for study. Anita is also currently working on her 
major in Physical Education at UNC-G. 

Anita's decision to become a firewoman was nur- 
tured by her father, who also worked with the fire 
department. "My father was recruiting back in '79. 
I put in my application. I went through all the steps 
and got accepted." she said. 

All those steps included a Ust of requirements that 
accounted for three months in training. The pro- 
gram consisted of a battery of tests, a game where 
pegs have to be placed in a hole within a specified 
length of time. It is indicative of how well the sub- 
ject can manipulate objects. After passing the in- 
itial stage, an eleven week instruciton period begins, 
where firefighting tactics and principles are stress- 
ed. A three week EMT course ends the practical. 
The outline of the training agenda sounds routine but 
it really isn't. 

A physical agility test is administered at the train- 
ing center. Push-ups. sit-ups. chin-ups and leg lifts 
are not all that's required for passing. A fifty yard 
dash carrying a thirty-one pound Scott air pack is 
part of the exam, as is holding on to the window- 
sill on the second floor of the fire tower by the 
elbows. "That was fun," says Anita. I would like 
to do that again. They tie a rope around you so you 
won't fall." She had to hang there for ten seconds. 
"It's not long, but it seemed long doing it." 

Another task evaluates how well the students 
listen. Seven hoses are disassembled and have to 
be picked up by piece-by-piece, placed on the fire 
truck, assembled, and in place within twenty 
minutes. Anita recalled that it was raining when she 
did it. She said it was a test of endurance, strength 



and stamina. Some of the hoses are in six fifty-foot- 
long sections. But Anita accomplished the task in 
less than the demanded time. "ftTien the training 
ordeal was over, Anita passed. 

During her years of serving in the fire depart- 
ment. Anita has worked quite a few precincts, enabl- 
ing her to gain more experience working in the field. 
In all, Anita has contributed to four stations. "It's 
kind of nice getting switched around from station 
to station. Get used to one place, then they move 
ya. Just seems that's the way it works." 

"I'm considered a relief driver." Anita said. Her 
duties consist of driving an engine pumper which 
carries 500 gallons of water and a variety of hoses. 
But Anita fights fires too. She recalls her very first 
encounter with an inferno. "The first fire I ever 
went to was in a shed-like thing; down on a dead- 
end street. Caught the hydrant, turned the water 
on. That thing was rockin-n-rollin! Fire was com- 
in' out everywhere! We watched it burn. We put 
it out, of course. They said some kids had been 
drinkin' and smokin'. It was one that's engraved 
in my memory." 

Nan Lewis 





Rich Schlentz 

Goalie 



It is a special kind of person who is able to achieve 
success even when the qualities necessary for at- 
taining it are not innate gifts. Rich Schlentz, a goalie 
for the L'NC-G Spartan Soccer team, knows the 
dedication and persistance required for perfecting 
a somewhat limited talent. 

"Physically, I shouldn't be a goalkeeper. I have 
small hands and can't jump high. A lot of it is bet- 
ween the ears. I usually have a headache and a 
sorethroat from yelling and thinking. Ninety 
minutes is a long time to put the brain on overload." 
Yet Rich, who didn't start until his Junior year, has 
established an impressive career, posting 1 .0 goals 
against average twelve shutouts. 

Intense preparation and his sincere Christian at- 
titudes helped Rich continue placing even when he 
wasn't participating in a lot of action on the field. 
The first year he totaled about 300 minutes in the 
goal. Last year he accumulated 1,300 minutes. What 
kept him going through that inactive period? "I 
hated the bench. I thought I might as well give up 
playing. I tried to be positive about it. I tried to learn 
as much about it as I could. I would use it as motiva- 
tion in practice. I had to really bust in practice." 

A goalkeeper has a lot of responsibilities to fulfill. 
Not only is he required to keep the opponent from 
scoring, he also commands his team on the field, 
guiding the player's strategy. His daring stems from 
courage. He is definitely a breed apart. "I like the 
challenge. It's exciting for me to make a save; to 



shut a team out, denying them a chance to score. 
I like to be a denying figure. It's unique. No other 
position is like it. I enjoy where I am. I'd rather have 
someone else play field. You take a lot of abuse. 
You've got to love the abuse. I enjoy the pressure." 

Rapid action calls for extremely quick reflexes and 
acute vision. A goal is usually executed at very high 
speeds, often occuring in the blink of an eye. "It's 
like slow motion, yet it happens so fast. I can't even 
remember what happened. It's instinct. So many 
things go through my mind about what I should do." 
It's a very anxious, heart -stopping moment for the 
one man who at that particular time controls the 
game, virtually by himself. The outcome rests with 
him. It can be a tremendous burden, especially if 
the game is lost. 

Along with the physical and mental challenges, 
a goalie also deals with repetitive scoring threats 
and goals scored. Rich abhors the violation of a goal 
in his net. "It's horrible! I hate it! I hate being scored 
against. Even if we blow someone out, if I let goals 
in it can really ruin my day. But I'm working on 
that. I try to use that goal in a positive way," he 
said. 

A net is a goalie's home, an area that is precious 
and therefore guarded from attack. Rich is par- 
ticularly careful of his visitors. "It's definitely my 
home! Anybody who comes into it has to be aware! 
If you try to come in my box, it's like trying to come 
into my house and steal my furniture, murder my 



wife and kids. It's definitely my place." The implica- 
tions speak for themselves. 

Christian ideals gave Rich a new perspective on 
his abilities and attitudes toward the game of soc- 
cer. It began his freshman year in college. Since that 
time, his faith has motivated and strengthened him, 
a force that inspired him to continue playing as well 
as understanding that his college playing days 
wouldn't last forever. "When I became a Christian, 
Soccer was no longer important. That helped me 
realize that there were more important things than 
kicking a ball around. I had my priorities wrong. 
I was always disappointed when I didn't reach my 
goals in Soccer." 

The opportunity to play collegiate Soccer was a 
dream Rich harbored since he began playing four- 
teen years ago. His plans for a career revolved 
around playing professionally. However, he realiz- 
ed that demands would be too much and the enjoy- 
ment would be lost when the mtrinsic values became 
dominated by a paycheck and the need for a con- 
sistently high performance level. 

The reason why Rich came to UNC-Greensboro, 
he jokes, was for money. But he laughingly admits 
that he didn't get any. In truth, he is more than 
satisfied with his playing experience, the opportuni- 
ty to meet people, and the chance to travel 
throughout the nation and overseas. Rich also feels 
he has matured as a player, gaining a confidence 
that prepares him for the future. 

Nan Lewis 



Emily Adams 

Dance 



To desire a career as a performer means to forego 
a great many things the rest of the world considers 
necessary and normal. The pressures of perform- 
ing demand great sacrifice and very few of even the 
most successful performers manage to balance the 
schizophrenia of performance with a traditional 
home life. 

Emily Adams is an instructor of Ballet and 
Modern Dance at UNC-G and is a survivor of the 
struggle between the desire for security and the 
desire to perform. Emily now has a young son nam- 
ed Dustin and a husband and a degree of security 
which she has not known in many years. But this 
is not to say that, like many female performers, she 
simply smiled and turned her back on performing 
to be whisked away in the arms of a gallant young 
man who rescued her from the insecurity and 
relative depravity of the world of dance. Emily 
Adams is committed to her craft and if anything, 
her committment has grown stronger since she 
made the trnsition from performer to teacher and 
choreographer. 

Emily is originally from Kernersville, N.C., and 
anyone who lived in Kernersville in the early and 
middle sixties will tell you that it was not the most 
enlightening place in the world, especially where the 
fine arts are concerned. She grew up in the Mora- 
vian Church which prides itself on its music and 
musicians. From the beginning, artistic expression 
was a very spiritual thing to her. She began danc- 
ing at age six with Barbara Mahon of Greensboro. 
Through Mahon she met Margaret Craske who had 
danced for Diagheleo when he came to this coun- 
try from Russia. Craske helped her technically but 
also encouraged her spiritual growth in dance. She 
went to the new North Carolina School of the Arts 
in Winston-Salem for college. NCSA in the mid-60s 
was like a carnival filled with the most outrageous 
sorts of people. "It was stimulating," recalls 
Emily, "so stimulating it was dangerous. We were 
all very hyper." NCSA offered her many friends and 
good contacts, but as she puts it, "The training had 
definite pros and cons. I never felt appreciated." 
So before finishing her degree she made her first 
trip to NYC. She danced there for Norman Walker, 
who gave her leading roles and "helped, but was 
the worst tyrant." Emily returned to NCSA but was 
not allowed to dance there. Because she had work- 
ed in New York she was not discouraged. 

Under the tutelage of Ben Harkarvey, artistic 
director of the Pennsylvania Ballet, she returned 
to the northeast and worked for the Harkness 
Ballet. For a short time she considered going to 
Holland with the Dutch Ballet, the company with 
which Harkarvey was associated before Penn- 
sylvania. In Harkarvey, Emily found another 
teacher whose directions were as spiritually oriented 
as her own. She began to move away from ballet 
because of its brutal training regimen and teachers 
who did not think about dance as she did. Her career 
was interrupted for a year because of ligament 
damage in her ankles. Ironically, when she return- 
ed to dance she was hired by the American Ballet 
Theatre to dance for ABTII where she soloed for 
three years. 

Although she was working, the emotional and 
spiritual conflicts were even stronger. New York 
City was not her sort of place. "I had major 




claustrophobia. I wanted to scream on subways. The 
city was ugly and the people were very rude. New 
York City in the early seventies was a human 
sewer." Emily's next stop was up-state New York 
and the short-lived Chamber Dance Company. She 
was soon back in NYC. 

This time around it was Broadway, and Emily 
toured with the road show of Oklahoma! starring 
John Davidson. This sort of dancing was not to her 
liking at all. 

To get away from things she went to Radford 
University to teach, and in teaching she found what 
she had been searching for. Her performance days 
were over and to this day she does not regret stop- 
ping when she did. "I had many glorious moments, 
but dance is all giving and very little getting back. 



You never know if you're going to make it." Emily 
had always wanted a family but performing left no 
room for that, due to what she terms "professional 
prejudices" against performers who have or want 
families. She would change nothing that happened 
in the years she performed. "I knew, more or less, 
what I was getting into, but once I was in, there 
was no way back— I had to carve a way for myself." 
Emily Adams has definitely not turned her back 
on her craft; she has found a better way to approach 
it. She hopes her perspective will help the dancers 
she trains. "In teaching you can sometimes make 
a difference— saying the right thing at the right 
time, but students have to find out things for 
themselves." 

Mark March 




An eleven year old girl is staring goggle-eyed at 
the television screen as Diana Ross plays an influen- 
tial fashion designer in the film Mahogany. This film 
portrays a cosmopolitan, glamorous life within the 
fashion industry. This eleven-year-old girl decides 
then and there that her life will be devoted to work- 
ing towards the goal of making it as a professional 
model. 

Today, that mentioned little girl is a sophomore 
at UNC-G. Her name is Kimberlee Phillips, and her 
aspirations to make a splash in the fashion industry 
have not lessened at all. 

"If fate and destiny allow it, and if the door is 
open, 1 hope that I can make modeling a life-long 
career," Kimberlee says, admitting that the pro- 
spect of becommg "rich and famous" is one of the 
most appealing aspects of a modeling career. (Not 
to mention the men, the excitement, the parties, the 
fast life...) 

It would be unfair to say that Kimberlee was in 
the busmess only for fame and fortune. She claims 
that being a professional model is very good therapy 
for her. "You have to overcome a lot of nervousness 
and misgivings about your ability before you can 
confidently model pajamas in front of 200 people. 
Things like that have really increased my confidence 
in myself." 

Kimberlee was once somewhat dubious about her 
ability to really make it as a model. Then she won 
second place in the Miss N.C. Teen U.S.A. pageant 
last March, and began to think that just maybe she 
had what it takes to be a successfiil model. Since 
then she has gotten an agent and put together a 
portfolio, and has begun to do her first professional 
jobs. Her childhood dream has been fulfilled, and 
she feels a great sense of achievement. "It feels so 
good to know that I have really moved towards my 
professional goals in a very concrete way. How may 
college students can say that?" 

Mike Read 



Kimberlee Phillips 

Model 




Sue Canning 

Art 



Movement produces illusions of shapes and 
shadows, feeling and emotion. Sue Canning, an Art 
History professor at UNC-G. is fascinated with the 
expression of change captured in motion 
photograpy. Much of her work contains images and 
reflections where the fig^lres and objects never look 
the same twice. At each glance, the picture takes 
on a new configuration. 

For Ms. Canning, art and photography are a 
means of satisfying both her creative and rational 
instincts. "It's an absolute necessity for me to do 
it. It's very personal. I'm a creative person." Ever 
since Ms. Canning was a child, she loved to dabble 
in art. In college, she majored in history and realized 
that art history would allow her to combine her 
creative impulses with an intellectual bent. With an 
Art History degree. Canning found that there was 
more to do in this area that not only satisfied an 
interest she harbored but allowed for flexibility in 
an academic sphere- 
It was during her graduate studies at California 
State, that Ms. Canning took up photography 
through an assignment for print making. Ms. Can- 
ning used photography to make drawings. It was 
a professor who prodded her to continue with this 
new toy. To her it was magic. She said, "When you 
stick it in the developer, you don't know what you're 
going to get." 

Through this medium, Ms. Canning is experimen- 
ting with the transformation of movement. Much 
of her work deals with speed, spins, leaps, and what 



she terms "blurred and ghostly images." She 
describes the sequence as a three part dimension 
of motion. The addition of color further adds to the 
obscurity of the vision so that objects are seen that 
might not ordinarily be shown in the usual and 
predictable camera snapshot. The use of a lens and 
other photographic devices further distort and ex- 
aggerate the perception. The purpose for this ef- 
fect is to make the viewer respond empathetically 
with the vision. 

Ms. Canning's desire to teach is to instruct 
students on what to look for and appreciate in art. 
"People don't know how to look. They expect quick 
fixes and instant gratification. They don't have the 
patience for it." Being a teacher gives Ms. Cann- 
ing a venue for her creative abilities. "I feel the need 
to visualize certain ideas. But history allows me to 
talk about artists understanding what they go 
through in terms of development and formulating 
ideas. I can relate to that. Teaching is a complex 
thing. I couldn't explain why I got into art. It was 
a gift I had to talk about things that abstract. I see 
myself as a medium through myself. I take my 
knowledge and what they see and make it come 
alive for them. I pull it out to make it 
understandable." 

A new dream project for Ms. Canning is currently 
in the works. She was granted a Fulbright Scholar- 
ship to compile an exhibition of the works of 
James Ensor, and Artist of the Belgian avant-garde 
who was active at the turn of the century. James 



Ensor was a member of an art movement called The 
Twenty. Ms. Canning became intrigued with the ar- 
tist after she learned abuot his individual struggles 
and his concerns for issues affecting Belgium at the 
time. 

Curating the show will require large amounts of 
time. During the run of the exhibit. May through 
June, Ms. Canning will reside in Brussels. In order 
to get the program together, Ms. Canning has been 
collecting art work throughout Europe. She even 
managed to discover four or five unknown works. 
The show will include eighty paintings in all. The 
most time-consuming effort for Ms. Canning will 
be organizing the catalogue that details and sum- 
marizes each piece in the collection. 

Although Ms. Canning has many professional 
undertakings in productions she continue#to accept 
more responsibility. "I don't want to do one thing," 
she contends. She is now in the process of design- 
ing several shows at the Weatherspoon Art Gallery 
on photography. She also writes criticism for the 
Spectator and teaches full time. Not only does she 
teach, but she writes and has been published. "It's 
hard as hell to write," she said. 

She claims that studying art history is quite dif- 
ferent from being an artist. "In art history you work 
twice as hard. It's ironic I ended up where I did." 
Naji Lewis 



Missy Young 

Barrel Racer 



Rounding the barrels and stretching to the finish 
Hne. Missy Young edged her horse on faster. Within 
seconds, IVIissy crossed the finish line, beating out 
her opponent. "I was ecstatic," she says. "I had 
waited ten years to win a National title. I just didn't 
believe it was happening. It was my last youth 
nationals to compete in and I had decided if I was 
going to win, it would be now. I didn't have much 
of another chance." 

"I cried," she continues. "I was just so determin- 
ed to win the class, I was a different person. You 
couldn't hold me back. I was on a high; all I could 
think about was winning. I had won my first, I had 
won my second. After that, nothing held me back!" 
And so, when the bout was over. Missy Young ac- 
complished her dream; she won her first National 



Barrelracmg championship. 

Barrelracing is one type of riding in what are 
known as the game classes. The games are divided 
into age divisions, and Missy competed in the 
fourteen-to-eighteen bracket. "The arena is arrang- 
ed circularly with one set of barrels at each end of 
the ring. If one rider knocks a barrel over, the other 
rider wins the heat. The two opposing horses run 
in opposite directions. A whistle blows. Five seconds 
elapse and then a second whistle pierces the air. The 
race is on and it continues until the winner crosses 
the line in the center of the ring. 

Missy, like all riders is especially attached to her 
own mount, Luther Little. "He's white. He has a 
mane and tail. The first time I saw hime, he was 
in Albequerque, New Me.xico in 1981. and a little 




six year old girl was running him in the barrels and 
she won the class. I always dreamed of having a 
horse like that who was calm and collected and 
didn't jump around like most of the others do. I just 
never thought that horse would be mine one day. 
He just catches your eye when you see him. He's 
a crowd pleaser." 

That first meeting with Luther Little held another 
special suprise for Missy. "I won the National Cham- 
pionship in Albequerque four year later in the same 
arena." she said. 

Some can call it luck, but Missy's had to work hard 
to train her horse and herself to ride him so that 
they both will work together to the best of their 
abilities. "He had the abilities, it was just a matter 
of me learning how to ride him. We won a lot and 
did well but I didn't do as well as I could. This past 
year, we really got used to each other. We won con- 
secutively all year long!" 

Indeed, Missy has been very successful all through 
her career as a rider. She holds several distinctive 
honors other than this year's National champion- 
ship. For the past five years, she has reigned 
undefeated as the N.C. State Appaluso Association 
High Point Y'outh in the fourteen-to-eighteen year 
old division. At the N.C. State Fair, Missy won eight 
nut nf twelve classes and received a trophy. 

Family support has provided Missy the encourage- 
ment and incentive to continue riding. "A lot of 
sports you see parental pressure, but my parents 
have been very supportive and they've invested a 
lot of money. The ultimate goal we've had was hav- 
ing a good time. If we're having a good time and 
enjoying ourselves, it's worth their money." The 
events that Missy participates in carry her and her 
family throughout the country. However, unless it's 
a really big show, the Y'oungs prefer to com- 
pete regionally in the Southern states of North 
Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Virginia. 

Along with the love for riding comes the personal 
pleasure of setting a goal and reaching it. "I love 
it and it gives a lot of satisfaction. The satisfaction 
we get from winning was because we earned it and 
nobody did it for us." Missy said. 

When Missy turns nineteen, her eligibility for the 
fourteen-to-eighteen class will no longer count. In- 
stead, she will progress to the nineteen-and-over 
category. She presently is planning to enter the 
amateur division which stipulates that a rider can- 
not receive cash prizes for a win and must provide 
her own horse. Missy is ready and set but at this 
point feels a little trepidation at starting over in a 
unit that consists of some very experienced 
veterans. "I'm moving up into a division where 
there are a lot of professionals. The competition is 
tougher! There are more people in the class. Y^ou 
have to be tougher and get more out of your horse." 
Missy also realizes the road ahead is going to be 
rocky at first but she also knows that it is better 
to keep moving forward. "Y'ou learn you're capable 
of doing it. You can't stay at one level all the time. 
Y'ou gotta keep moving up!" 

Nan Lewis 



Lorenzo Hines 

Songwriter 



Lorenzo Hines has the gift of music. As a small 
child he would watch his father make music for au- 
diences who always responded in a positive and 
upbeat way. "I was about nine. I guess most kids 
want to be like their father. It was more than a 
phase, it was an obsession. On a scale from one to 
one hundred, it was eighty-nine to ninety percent 
of me. It's a very big part of my life. It's become 
more intense since age eighteen. That's when I 
started writing." 

Beginning on August 13, 1982, Lorenzo was laid 
up for almost a year as a result of a cut tendon in 
his hand. He missed his sophomore year in college 
and, due to his infirmity, started tinkering with a 
piano. Being cooped up, bored and lonely, he found 
an escape through music composition. 

Darryl Hall and John Oates; Holland. Dozier and 
Holland; Steely Dan; Billy Joel, and Smokey Robin- 
son were Lorenzo's celebrity mentors and informal 
teachers. "I was exposed to rock music. In the en- 
vironment I was raised in, I was exposed to that. 
The black influence I got early in life. That's always 
been there but I've discovered a new venue." 

When Lorenzo composes, he has to have a clear 
mind and no pressures. "I'll go a couple of days- 
bam. Oh man, bang, bang, bang! All kinds of ideas 
come from nowhere. It's an iffy sort of situation. 
It's not an assembly line sort of thing; 'Yeah I'm 
going to sit down and write a song today.' You don't 
find a song, it finds you. The year I was off, I turn- 
ed out quite a few songs. I had nothing to think 
about except life itself." 

All in all, Lorenzo produced about fifty songs, 
most from personal experiences. "I think about tell- 
ing stories or talking to someone who's having a 
problem like "Walking on Empty", which has a 
moral saying: treat your friends right or you'll be 
alone." 

Another song Lorenzo wrote is "Living," which 
he describes as being very rock-oriented and loud, 
depicting his growth from a boy to a man. He also 
writes about situations and experiences he dislikes. 
"Tough Boys" is such a song he wrote after 
overhearing tough talk from a bunch of "macho 
assholes." Basically, Lorenzo's songs are alike in 
that they deal with loneliness and lost loves. "I pret- 
ty much deal with today. I guess I have average 
tendencies in me. Pain is the best topic; we can all 
relate to pain. One of the first songs I wrote was 
about sitting at home on Saturday night alone 
writing love songs." 

Presently, Lorenzo is acquiring addresses to 
managers of popular bands such as Don Henley, 
Chicago, and Hall and Oates, all of which he con- 
siders to be very good writers. He said, "You have 
to be aggressive, you have to go after these guys. 
If there's no response I 'II make a few long distance 
phone calls. I have numbers, too." By next year 
Lorenzo anticipates he'll have established contact. 
"Hopefully, I'll be on the brink of something. It's 
a trip to get into. That's the hard part. Life's not 
easy!" 

I'll put my music against any one of these guys 
on radio today. I'm serious about that. You'll never 
find a modest performer today. You have to have 



confidence in yourself to get up in front of people 
and do what you do. You have to believe in yourself. 
I've always wanted to be a performer. It was a craft 
I wanted to learn. I'm still learning. Simply, it's 
what I do best. There will always be a need for me 
to express myself: sometimes rather 
embarrassingly." 

Lorenzo is proud of his musical versatility. He 
feels that really good songwriters are capable of 
dabbling with any type of style. He says his own 
mode ranges from classical to country to rock. "I'll 
fool you," he says. "That's what I like. As soon as 
you think you got me figured out, I 'U fool you. That's 
my philosophy on life, too." 

Right now, Lorenzo is cleaning up and polishing 
his material for release. He has contacted several 
radio stations and is expectantly waiting to hear them 



being debuted on the air. Of the impending strug- 
gle to be discovered, Lorenzo said, "I think my 
music is strong enough and continues to get 
stronger, and if I don't make it, I surely will have 
tried." 

"Everything about the industry fascinates me. I 
haven't tried to get in yet. From what I've heard, 
it's not the easiest quest in the world. You've got 
to get people to believe in you. That's where my 
business classes come in. You're selling a product. 
You have to know how to sell yourself. I'm half 
logical, half creative. They work together. I'll sell 
myself as a writer first. I want to be known as a 
writer more than a personality. Personahties come 
and go. A writer will stay." 

—Nan Lewis 





John Sterling Arnold 

Theatre 



John Sterling Arnold is a bit of an anomaly in the 
world of acting. In a profession filled with off-beat, 
outspoken, rebellious sorts of people. John Arnold 
is more off-beat and definitely more out-spoken. He 
is the rebel's rebel, the "rugged individualist" so 
many American authors, from Emerson to Ken 
Kesey. have made famous. This image is not con- 
trived, not forced, it simply is the way he is. And 
if for some unfathomable reason his career in 
theatre ended tomorrow, or next week, after work- 
ing steadily for over twenty years, there would pro- 
bably not be an extreme amount of remorse. If that 
sort of thing occurred, he might possibly just pack 
up his two Labrador retrievers, several cases of 
Molson Golden or Budweiser or whatever he's drink- 
ing this week, and head to Canada to fish for Nor- 
thern Pike for a while. 

Obviously, he doesn't need the dogs to help catch 
fish, but after talking to John about his Labs- 
General Yeager and Tank (how about those 
names)— it becomes obvious that the dogs are more 
like children than pets. Well, maybe they are more 
like his best friends, because the man would not be 
inclined to taken his kids to his favorite fishing spot. 

He does in fact have a dog named General Yeager, 
after Chuck Yeager, the man's man, the legendary 
devil-may-care Air Force pilot who was made so 
famous in The Right Stuff. 

More anomaly: how did a man like John Arnold 
wind up teaching acting at UNC-G? Would Chuck 
Yeager approve? 

John was born in Buckhanon, West Virginia and 
spent the first seven years of his life on farms. His 
family then moved to Richmond where John became 
very interested in sports. His father was a high 
school teacher and John remembers that one of his 
first strong urges was "the environment of learn- 
ing and learned people always around the house. 
It annoyed me. I rebelled totally against teaching." 

His first exposure to drama, the "important mo- 
ment" in his life came in the seventh grade when 
he was allowed to play Marc Antony in a class play. 
This drama class was his only exposure to drama 
until age twenty-three. John spent one boring 
semester at Davis and Elkins College and dropped 
out to join the Army. The Army never had so hap- 
py a soldier. 

The Army was the major influence on John's life 
and he planned to be a career soldier. He served 
during some very tense moments in American 
history: the Cuban Missile Crisis and Berlin Airlift 
to name two, but he loved the discipline, the esprit 
de corps, and most of all, the traveling that the Ar- 
my offered. After four years he left the Army, "to 
try and remember civilian life for a while" and he 
never went back in. The Army days are still so much 
a part of him— from his "U.S. Army" belt buckle 
to a copy of the New York Times from December 
7, 1941. 

John retuned to college at what is now Virginia 
Commonwealth. He became a drama major because 
during the first days of classes, the head of the 
drama department had time to speak to him while 
the head of the law school did not. He was always 
working in school plays primarily because he was 
older than most of the students and could play older 
roles. Upon completing undergraduate work, he liv- 
ed and worked in New York for several years do- 
ing dinner theatre and working off-Broadway. He 
took his MFA at Wayne State in Detroit. Before 
coming to UNC-G, John taught acting at West 
Virginia University. 

What John Arnold brings to teaching is a rich, 
varied background coupled with a great deal of 
legitimate stage experience on both coasts. He is 
a highly valuable asset to the Acting Faculty 
because of his strength and dynamic personality. 
His spirit is contagious and no doubt will serve him 
very well as a teacher of young actc-s. 

MarK Marcti 




Steve Davis 

Actor 



Steve Davis. Steve Devo. The man, the myth. The 
Once-and-Future Sound Effect. The endless Even- 
ing at Improv. Hide the children and old people, he's 
here. Well no, let the children out, they'll want to 
see him. 

Steve Davis is an actor at LTNC-G, and a musi- 
cian, and a photographer and he is graduating in 
the Spring of 1986 with a BFA in acting. He is from 
Murfreesboro, N.C. and if you've been there, you 
don't have a lot of company. All performers take 
a long, winding journey to get where they're go- 
ing, so in that sense Steve seems quite normal. But 
only in that sense. 

He managed to avoid small-town life a couple of 
different ways. First he was president of a high 
school club that traveled all over the southeast. Se- 
cond, he and his rock band spent as much time as 
possible in near-by Virginia Beach and Norfold play- 
ing gigs. He was a member of the "counterculture" 
of Murfreesboro, and managed to avoid boredom. 

In high school Steve played in the jazz band for 
quite some time. But as his teacher explained, "Cats 
don't miss gigs," and when Steve did, Steve was 
out of the jazz band. When that happened, Steve 
did what anyone in his position would do, he went 
and auditioned for the school production of the 
musical Oklahoma.' He had discovered his addiction 
to being on stage and simply couldn't resist. The 



audition he credits to the woman who headed the 
drama department. "She is the closest person in the 
world to me. No one knows me better than she 
does." 

After coming very close to attending UNC-G right 
out of high school, Steve took a two-year degree in 
Photography at Chowan College. He transferred to 
Greensboro in 1983 and has loved every minute 
since. A lot of the minutes, at any rate. 

The actor-training at UNC-G fit Steve very well, 
and he has obviously fit into the program. In the 
Fall of 1984, his performance as MacHeath in Three- 
Petiny Opera got him nominated for the Irene Ryan 
Award, a prestigious, nation-wide scholarship com- 
petition. He advanced to the regional finals before 
being eliminated. Currently he is working on his 
comedy and comic timing, all the while yearning for 
some dramatic, heavier sorts of roles. 

The future for Steve Davis holds more 
photography, music, and drama. Steve sees himself 
"either on one side of the camera or the other. Ac- 
tors need photographers, photographers need ac- 
tors." He is also a drummer and would like nothing 
more than to be a "rich and famous musician." Even 
though his father still wants him to be a 
photographer. 

Mark March 



Gary Pitt 

Basketball Player 




"The refrigerator," he isn't. A legitimate 6'5", 
stomping through life in size IIV2 shoes, Gary Pitt 
is more likely to be compared to the Empire State 
Building. 

It seems Gary's been blessed with height since he 
was young. By now, he has learned how not to suf- 
fer from acrophobia. In fact, he enjoys the higher 
altitude. "You get to look down on everybody and 
you get the feeling that everyone looks up to you. 
I've been tall all my life; even in kindergarden. I 
just started out tall and gradually kept getting 
taller. It's not that hard. You can still talk to women 
unless you're eight feet (tall)." 

Gary's unusual growth pattern and inordinate 
elevation made him a prime candidate for the game 
of basketball. It was due to the encouragement ol 
his brothers that he began playing. He's been hon- 
ing his skills ever since. 

Gary says his primary support comes from his 
family and fourteen brothers and sisters who live 
in Bel Air Maryland and manage to attend as many 
of his games as possible. He adds that he has his 
mother to thank for prodding him into staying in 
school when he reached the point of giving up and 
leaving. And it seems to have paid off. Gary plans 
to graduate at the end of Spring semester of '86. 
"I'm getting ready for an occupational career," he 
explains."! figure after this year my basketball 
career is over, so I'll be looking for a good job in 
the computer field to make money." 

Before leaving UNC-G, however. Gary hopes the 
basketball team will be the conference tournament 
champions. "I fee! I should at score at least twelve 
points a game and average ten rebounds. We're im- 
pro\'ing and by conference time we should be ready 
to go." 

The basketball team offered Gary a family setting 
which stressed interpersonal relationships and 
togetherness, which are things he grew up with. 
Budgeting his time is crucial but not only does Gary 
manage to juggle classes, play ball, and visit 
Hooligan's once in a while ■ he also works in the 
library bindery putting books together. Basketball 
provides him an extracurricular outlet for the 
pressures of academics and a chance to play the 
game he likes best. 

"Besides," he says. "It's fun." 

Nan Lewis 




Aubrey Garlington 

Music 



If you ask any music major who's been around his 
or her department long enough just who the most 
feared and detested music professor is, you're liltely 
to hear the name "Aubrey Garlington." Dr. Garl- 
ington's reputation is legendary among the 
graduate and undergraduate music students who 
have somehow managed to survive a Music History 
course under his critical eye. For this reason, we 
at Pine Needles have decided to profile this 
enigmatic and somewhat controversial man, if on- 
ly to find out his opinion of his own reputation. 

Dr. Aubrey S. Garlington, Jr. received his 
Bachelor of Music decree in Piano Pedagogy with 
minors in Applied Voice and English Literature 
from Baylor University in 1952. In 1956, he was 
awarded a Master of Arts degree from the Univer- 
sity of Chicago in Music History and in 1965 he 
received his Ph.D. in Musicology from the Univer- 
sity of Illinois. From 1961 to 1977 he held three posi- 



tions at Syracuse University, first as an Instructor, 
then as an Assistant Professor, and finally as an 
Associate Professor. In 1977 he joined the Music 
faculty here at UNC-G as a full professor of music 
history. Dr. Garlington has been published in many 
prestigious music journals, including The Journal 
of the Avierican Musicologieal Society and Musical 
Quarterly. His specialties include Romantic Opera 
and Florentine librettos. 

Dr. Garlington is well aware of the fact that some 
students may consider him not only tough and 
demanding, but unreasonable and possibly even un- 
fair. This writer was at first a bit leery of raising 
this possibly delicate subject, but it soon became evi- 
dent that any such qualms were unfounded, for Dr. 
Garlington was quite willing to comment upon the 
reputation he has acquired. 

"I think I am demanding, but I don't think I am 
unreasonable. Being tough is not the issue here. I 



have always expected people to be interested in 
what they are doing and I make no bones about the 
fact that I am bored when they aren't. I think my 
demanding nature is best understood in two parts: 
(1) I demand that the student think, and (2) I de- 
mand that the student do his or her best. I am never 
satisfied unless both demands are met. And in this 
way I obviously alienate some students and rarely 
win friends and influence people! Yet, I think I am 
'true' to this reputation of being a 'demanding pro- 
fessor.' Why aren't we all 'demanding?' 

"I suppose the only issue here is the responsibili- 
ty I have to make a judgement upon the 'best' ef- 
forts of my students, but is that not the professor's 
charge? We all make mistakes, of course, but in the 
long run, our demands will cause those who wish 
to learn to at least face up to the challenges." 

—Steve WilliaTns 




Betty Jean Jones 

Theatre 



Her perspective, her ideas, her voice, even her 
eyes suggest "temps perdu", times past. Not the 
distant past, for her youthfulness and exuberance 
could easily mistake her for an older undergraduate. 
But there was a time, about fifteen years ago. when 
a revolutionary consciousness prevailed around this 
country and institutions that could not stand up 
under the scrutiny of sharp questionmg and new 
ideas were either changed <>r discardt-d 

Dr. Betty Jean Jonns is a product vi that period, 



m part, and she still reflects the spirit and the prac- 
tice of that time. It is important to note that the 
'60s consciousness is only a part of what makes up 
Betty Jean Jones, because there are other facets 
to her which exert just as much influence over the 
course of her life. 

She was born in Albany, Georgia and if a 
childhood could ever influence one's later thinking, 
imagine being a black female in the deep South thir- 
ty years ago— before integration was an accepted 



fact, before whatever liberation came for Blacks in 
the late '60s, before the Women's Movement. In 
light of that, what Betty Jean has done with her 
life seems rather miraculous. From Albany she came 
to Bennett CoUeee in Greensboro where she ma- 
jored in Journahsm and Theatre. Once out of Ben- 
nett she worked as senior writer for a national 
public relations fu"m, a job that gave her the chance 
to travel all over the country. She missed work in 
the theatre, however, and came to UNC-G for an 
MFA in Directing. She wanted to direct profes- 
sionally, but was "courted" into going for a Ph.D. 
She took this degree at the University of Wiscon-_ 
sin at Madison which has the finest program in 
American Theatre anywhere. 

"I really didn't know roads would lead back to 
Greensboro," she said. "I wanted to have access to 
major theatre center, like New York, and also be 
able to promote the film aspects of drama." UNC- 
G is one of the few schools to offer the MFA degree 
in Film Studies. Because of the emphasis placed on 
film here, she returned. "There was some 
apprehension— but I was accepted as a colleague and 
a peer. For that I am eternally grateful. I am com- 
mitted to this place for an extended period. We're 
moving in very positive directions here." 

Dr. Jones' primary task is that of professor in the 
department of Theatre. She teaches a variety of 
courses, including Directing, Criticism and Theory, 
and Modern Theatre Styles. "I feel that my area 
of emphasis is relating historical, critical, and 
creative process to the drama." It is the notion of 
a process, of beginning with one idea, pursuing it, 
and finding the related ideas that Dr. Jones em- 
phasizes in her teaching. She has certainly lived ac- 
cording to this principle. "My own education 
reflected a steady growth in numbers— from 500 at 
Bennett to 5,000 at UNC-G to 40,000 at Wiscon- 
sin. There were different value systems at each 
place. I experienced tremendous growth at each 
place, but my family is where it all began." 

A Black family in Georgia in the late fifties had 
little to count on except one another, and Betty 
Jean's speech, in class and out, is punctuated with 
tidbits from her family, especially her grandmother. 
Her family she describes as "very close-knit, but 
believing in personal ex"pression. We supported each 
other's ideas and desires. We've all done very dif- 
ferent things with our lives, and my parents are as- 
tounded and pleased with the results." Her family 
instilled in her the value of the individual as well 
as the strength and unity of the larger whole. These 
are also ideas she tries to pass on in her teaching. 
"To be a part of a small thing that comes together 
to form a large thing. That is America," she says. 
She emphasizes that this idea goes beyond na- 
tionalism, that we must be aware of our position 
HI the world community. Since leaving Bennett she 
ha^ travelled extensively and she sees travel as in- 
valuable to her teaching because it has afforded her 
a much broader perspective. 

For the current generation of students she has 
rather pointed advice, although this advice is given 
with a slight smile. "Suddenly, I'm teaching the next 
generation. I was the next generation. That's very 
sobering." This of course refers to the impact the 
generation of students in the sixties made on the 
world, as if there might never be another genera- 
tion after it. "Students today are losing sight of 
what It means to be human. They want the bottom 
line education— whatever will get the job. That 
frightens me. Tunnel vision is extremely 
frightening." 

The student/radical of the sixties co-exists with 
the small-town Black girl from Georgia in this suc- 
cessful woman of the eighties. Her comments should 
not go un-heeded for they reflect a great deal of ex- 
perience and many diverse places. There is value 
in the lessons of our history, both on a personal level 
and in the realm of the larger group. This is one 
idea Betty Jean Jones has learned to live by and 
one from which we can all benefit. 

Mark March 



Mark Thomas 

Poet 



Mark Thomas, a talented poet completing 
his Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing 
degree at UNCG, is in trouble. Too many 
landers have turned into mutants and a cluster 
of swarmers is heading his way. The battle has 
been valiant, but it's almost over. 

"Not quite high score," he says with a sigh 
as he straightens up from the Defender game. 
In his striped tie, cardigan sweater, and tweed 
jacket, he looks very out of place in the arcade. 

Nor does he really blend in with his surroun- 
dings at Parker Brothers Chicken and Fish, 
sipping iced tea and discussing his educational 
career. 

It's been a long one. Mark took nine years 
getting his B.A. in English from N.C. State. 
"I dropped out for four years. It was the usual 
■J want to experience the real world' routine. 
I worked construction, tended bar, painted 
houses, the works. I was so precious I hate 
to think about it now. One of the lies I told 
myself was that I could write more once I was 
out of school. Unfortunately, I wrote almost 
nothing for those four years. School helps, as 
I found out when I returned to State, if only 
because you're around pens and paper all the 
time, items you just don't have when you're 
toting steel." 

It was after returning to State that he found 
out he wanted to be a poet. This was largely 
due to the influence of Lance Jeffers, who 
taught there, and Gwendolyn Brooks, whom 
he met when she came to State as a visiting 
artist. They introduced him to the work of 
other black poets, an important revelation. "I 
was struck by their emotionalism, their hones- 
ty, the real sense they have that poetry mat- 
ters in the real world." 

"Lance Jeffers made me feel I was reading 
poetry for the first time. Before, I could read 
someone easily accessible like Pope, where 
everything's there on the page, but more obli- 
que stuff was beyond me. In Jeffers' class, I 
saw for the first time that poetry is a different 
medium from prose, how everything is so 
much more intense, how every word weighs 
mure." 

After graduating from State, presumably 
with a long sigh of relief, Mark earned an 
M.A. in English Literature from William and 
Mary, where he wrote his thesis on the poetry 
of Malcolm Lowry. While there, he met Kim 
Fields. "Kim was the person who had all the 
right answers— she worked for the depart- 
mental office, and always knew when courses 
met, when paychecks were issued, all that." 
She must have known the right answer to a 
more personal question, too. for they were 
married in 1984. 

Now, Mark's finishing his M.F.A. here and 
looking ahead. Pressed about the role of the 
Poet in society, he looks embarassed. "Now 
how can I answer that without sounding pom- 
pous? But I do think there is something to be 
cherished in the idea that poets are out of step 
with the everyday world. If we don't believe 
that about ourselves, we might stop writing." 
—Ian McDowell 




Fred Chappell 

Creative Writing 



"When you teach it means that you have to 
think about literature all day long and you 
can't ever get away from it— and it makes sure 
you have to write everyday because you just 
can't put down your pencil and forget about 
it," says Fred Chappell, a member of the 
UNCG MFA Creative Writing Program. 

Chappell says he works every day with two 
kinds of students; those who want to be 
writers and those who are or will be. And 




*r^ltt_'_' 



there is, according to him, a big dif- 
ference. "Yeah, people who want to be writers 
are not serious about it. People who want to 
write are different— they turn out to be 
writers. And it's easy to distinguish the sheep 
from the goats in class— not by looking at 
them, but because the people who want to 
write turn in writing, and those who just want 
to be writers, well, they don't turn in much." 

Of course, the idea of a writing class as a 
place to teach a person to be a writer is one 
he scoffs at. "You don't even attempt to try 
to teach a person to write. You can teach a 
few things about how not to write, and a 
whole lot about how to read in a helpful man- 
ner, There are a lot of people who think about 
writing who haven't read very much— but 
they're really not writers at heart. They're 
often really rock stars or movie stars in their 
secret heart and they've taken up writing 
because perhaps that's an adjunct or some en- 
trance into the other, more glamourous field. ' ' 

While he will say that he teaches to support 
his writing habit, it is clear that Chappell is 
at heart a teacher dedicated to education in 
general rather than just the teaching of 
writing. "I'd rather teach film classes, 18th 
century literature, science fiction, freshman 
comp, or almost anything rather than a 
writing class— partly because writing classes 
take up so much time. They really are com- 
position classes and you're reading enormous 
amounts of composition all the time. But there 
is also a lot of personal give and take in 
writing classes that I find, well, a little em- 
barrassing, a little uncomfortable. I'm willing 
to do it— that's part of the job, it comes with 
the territory— but its not an easy thing for a 
shy person to do. And most writers are shy, 
sort of hermits at heart." 

"When you critique someone else's writing 
you are saying, in effect 'you didn't think very 
well at this point' or 'you didn't express 
yourself very well at this point'— and one's 
thoughts and manner of expressions are the 
most personal things about him. Writers, over 
time, have to learn to accept criticism and 
learn from it. If you find a writer who has 
never recieved a rejection, for example, (and 
there are writers like that) he'll probably get 
bad reviews that he'll have to accept. Or his 
mother may not like what he writes. Once you 
commit yourself to paper you've made 
yourself a target." 

An self-professed "Appalachian writer" 
from his roots in the North Carolina moun- 
tain town of Canton, Chappell made himself 
more of a target by choosing to write the Ap- 
palachian story long before it came back into 
vogue in the seventies. When asked about 
whether the popularity of such mountain 



books as Foxfire has changed the way people 
recieve his stories, Chappell answers "Yes, in 
a way it has. And that's strange. I wrote for 
years without people realizing I was an Ap- 
palachian writer. I suppose they didn't think 
very much about Appalachian writers. And 
after a few years, when the Appalachian 
writer did enjoy some sort of vogue, people 
seemed to forget or not to know that I was 
still writing about that material." He laughs. ■ 
"It doesn't bother me, I mean, that's not a I 
complaint. Its just that I kind of got lost 
because I didn't come along at the right mo- 
ment. That happens to a great many writers 
all the time." 

But the greater popularity of the Ap- 
palachian story doesn't always change the 
willingness of people to accept or understand 
the dtories. "For some, yes, for most people 
no. For most readers it doesn't really matter 
where a story or poem is set. They're in- 
terested in the narrative itself, the 
characterizations and so forth. There are cer- 
tain readers and editors and critics to whom 
setting is very important. They dislike 
anything that can be tagged as regional right 
off the bat. There are others to whom that's I 
very important and they will approve of I 
something simply because its regional. Then 
you hope for those intelligent readers in there 
who will take the region as part of the sub- 
ject matter but don't let it influence their 
judgement about the worth of the work." 

Chappell is seemingly even more reluctant 
to talk about the work he does instructing 
poets in the MFA program. "In some respects 
its easier to teach poetry than fiction because 
its easier to teach the mechanics. Its easier ■ 
to teach meter, what stanza forms are, the I 
whole technical side of poetry. I could teach 
that forever because its an endless discipline 
and its endlessly fascinating to me. What 
makes it more difficult to teach than fiction 
IS that the lyric poems are often quite per- 
sonal, that is, you don't have a personna 
separate from the poet speaking as you always 
do in fiction. You can find yourself talking 
directly about someone's naked feelings and 
emotions and that can get a little bit sticky." 

The outlook for poets today is the same as 
its always been, says Chappell. "They share 
the common human condition— just death at 
the end of it and whatever you can get in bet- 
ween. It hasn't changed, so far as I can tell, 
in the four thousand years that we know of I 
poetry existing. It's not quite so popular now I 
as it was, say, in the 19th century when 
several poets became very famous. But that 
was an abberation in the history of poetry. 
Mostly poets have made their way by going 
door to door and getting pots flung at them." 



Despite this, he will cheerfully admit he 
would "rather write poetry than anything 
else. The challenge (in poetry) is always there 
from word to word and pause to pause, 
wheras in fiction you have to worry a great 
deal about things that aren't absolutely 
necessary to the theme you've developed. You 
have to do lots of housekeeping in fiction— 
you've got to put clothes on people, empty the 
ashtrays, raise and lower the window and a 
lot more detail work to convince people that 
it's a solid world there for the story to take 
place in. Poetry, with its wonderful genius for 
compression, gets rid of a lot of that kind of 
stuff for you." 

Poetry brought Chappell what most would 
consider his greatest literary honor in 1985 



when he was awarded the Bollingen prize for 
poetry by Yale Library. The award brought 
him into the spotlight, yielding countless in- 
terviews, calls for readings, and even a televi- 
sion appearance on the UNC Television net- 
work with UNC President William Friday. 
Winning awards, however, is not something 
Chappell sees as any measure of long term 
success. "It changed things quite tumultuous- 
ly for about six months with a lot of publici- 
ty, a lot of correspondence, some requests for 
material— but then it blows over. Ours is a 
media society, and unless you're on the front 
page every other day people tend to forget 
about it, as they should. I'm not in favor of 
poetry prizes myself at all. There are reasons 
one has to accept them— mostly because it 



would be churlish not to accept. But they are 
no gauge of the worth of a product itself and 
they're as much a matter of luck as anything 
else." 

Luck not withstanding, Chappell 's winning 
of the Bollingen was no fluke, but rather part 
of a distinguished literary career that has 
spanned five novels, several volumes of 
poetry, and numerous works in literary 
magazines around the world. He won't talk 
about it much, but this isn't unexpected, 
because perhaps he is best described by his 
own description of a writer as a shy person 
not interested in fame, but, rather, interested 
in writing. 

Mark A. Coram 




Clarence Vanselow 

Chemistry 



Clarence Vanselow of the UNCG Chemistry 
department pauses to consider his students. 
He readily admits that not all will do as well 
as one might hope, that some are less 
motivated or simply less intelligent than 
others. Still, he remains philosophical. 

"It's kind of an intangible thing. I've got 
seventy students in a class right now. Perhaps 
one-third simply don't belong there. Another 
third might be able to muddle through if they 
really work at it. But the remaining third 
always includes seven or eight people who will 
do really well, whom it's a pleasure to teach. 
They make it worthwhile." 

"After all, it's the students who make the 
job. not the salary or the hours." 

Not that that's the only incentive to con- 
tinue teaching at UNCG. "This area has a lot 
going for it. When we interview people for 
positions we often get our first choices, 
because they like the school, they like the area, 
they like the chmate. You don't have to tell 
native North Carolinians about that, of 
course." 

Dr. 'Vanselow is not a native North Caroli- 
nian. Originally from New York State, he 
recieved his Ph.D. from Syracuse and taught 
at Thiel, a small Lutheran college in Penn- 
sylvania, and then at Colgate, before coming 
here over twenty years ago. Since then he has 
seen the transition from the old Women's Col- 
lege to the current co-ed university and has 
watched three changes in administration. Ask- 
ed if the university has changed much since 
that time, he shrugs. "It's twice as big, of 
course." 

Unfortunately, that's not the only change. 
"Students are entering the university less 
well-prepared, less motivated. Some seem 
uninterested in learning. For too many of 
them, college may have become an extension 
of high school. Part of the problem may be 
that college is too cheap, that it costs so lit- 
tle, and it is so easy to drop classes. Nothing 
is really at stake. At any rate, if those students 
ever become the real majority, we're all in real 
trouble." 

Not that he's a complete pessimist. "I think 
we've got a pretty good school here. It really 
does have a lot of solid aspects. Most of the 
problems I've mentioned would show up at 
almost any school you went to. At least peo- 
ple here are addressing the issue a little 
more." 

Vanselow usually teaches the general 
science major chemistry course— the first year 
course aimed at pre-med students, engineers, 
and the like— and the senior course aimed at 
Chemistry majors. And he doesn't think that 
chemists or other scientists are the only ones 
who can benefit from a basic chemistry class. 

"We have a history going back to the mid- 
dle ages. It's perceived as a hard discipline. 



of course, but that's because there's been so 
little preparation for it compared to what you 
get for English or History or whatever. It's 
good for a student to know what matter and 
structure are, even if it just helps them read 
labels on bottles and paint cans." 

When asked for some sort of parting ad- 
monition. Dr. Vanselow ponders the matter. 
"I've been in this racket for a long time. I 
think about this a lot. I often wonder what you 
can tell a student that he'll believe without 



pontificating. I do talk in the first couple of 
days of each semester about the importance 
of not deceiving yourself, about believing 
you're here in school for a reason. Maybe I'm 
not inspiring, but I find that their values have 
pretty much been set by not having had 
rigorous demands made on them in the past 
eight years." 

"Still, this is a good place. I think you can 
get a decent education here. It's the best deal 
around, for the price." 

Ian McDowell 





Marian Franklin 

Education 



Marian Franklin believes in the future of the 
counseling program at UNCG. 

She started the program in 1959 by teaching 
one course in guidance for school teachers. 
"My job was to write a Master's and Educa- 
tion Specialist program," she explained. "Now 
we've developed to the point where we are 
accredited." 

UNCG's counseling program is the only ful- 
ly accredited program in the state and one of 
iinly 32 accredited programs in the nation. 
■ We meet national standards," Franklin said 
proudly. "We have a program that prepares 
students for three settings: school counseling, 
community counseling, and higher education. 
I )ur alumni have been able to get outstandmg 
jnlis, and they contribute to the state and 
nation." 

Franklin's life changed in 1965 when she 
saw an advertisment in a magazine for a book 
called Reality Therapy, which was touted as 
"a new highly controversial book by the world 



famous psychiatrist William Glasser." She 
decided to give the book a try and dropped a 
check in the mail. 

"No one in college before 1965 had ever 
heard of Glasser," Franklin explained. "He 
said that anyone who could understand sim- 
ple, simply communicated processes could 
counsel others." 

After reading Reality Therapy, Franklin 
knew she'd found a counseling approach she 
believed in. She began taking classes from 
Glasser in 1966 and was one of the first peo- 
ple to be certified as a Reality Therapist. 

Not only did she believe in Glasser, Glasser 
believed in her. He has personally recommend- 
ed her to teach classes for him in Europe, 
Canada and the United States. 

Franklin is one of the busiest people in the 
School of Education. She teaches a variety of 
classes, including Helping Relationships, 
Counseling Theories, Counseling Adolescents, 
Student Development in Higher Education 



and Reality Therapy. She is finishing her se- 
cond term as vice chairperson of the School 
of Education, and she is a member of 13 
School of Education Committees. Working 
with students is another thing she enjoys, and 
she is advisor to the graduate students' 
organization, the student alumni organization, 
and Chi Sigma Iota, the honor society for 
counseling students. 

Franklin has the highest praise for her 
fellow-professors. "I am proud of the seven 
faculty in our department. I have outstanding 
scholars for collegues." 

Her enthusiasm for the program she found- 
ed bubbles out whenever she talks about it. 
"Students can come into our program from 
any major— they don't have to be psychology 
or education majors. And our graduates have 
strong research backgrounds. We can offer so 
much." 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 




Mel Shumaker 

& Hugh Hagaman 

Instructional Resources 



As students, we get to know our 
teachers and even a few administrators 
along the way if we take the time. We ge 
to know them because they're the people 
here that we meet every day. On the 
other hand, students on the whole tend 
to forget there are other people out there 
whose work, even if not directly noticed, 
is what allows those same teachers and 
administrators to do their jobs. Like the 
chefs back in the kitchen, they're the ones 
who do a lot of the work that doesn't get 
noticed. 

Dr. Hugh Hagaman and Mel Shumaker 
of the Instructional Resources Center are 
two such people. They deal in futures, 
making plans. And every student here 
has benefited from their work. They're 



the ones who, each day, have to make 
sure that films and equipment like pro- 
jectors, tape recorders, and VCR's are 
delivered to departments all over campus 
for the day's classes. 

Besides sharing their workspace, 
Shumaker and Hagaman share an avid 
interest in cameras. They're forever 
bringing back photographic relics from 
auctions and even yard sales to the point 
where their collections fill large portions 
of their homes and quite a large part of 
their offices in McNutt Center. 

"It's really a strange sort of hobby— 
but our interests aren't exactly alike," ex- 
plains Shumaker. "Yes, "she specializes 
in miniatures, small cameras, and things 
like that while I go in for these ..." 



Hagaman adds, motioning to a wall of 
large view cameras that look like the 
photographic apparatus from a Three 
Stooges film rather than anything from 
this day and age." 

And while this hobby might seem a bit 
strange, it does have its attraction. When 
they take the time to put certain of their 
cameras on display around McNutt, 
you're sure to see students clustered 
around the showpieces trying to figure 
out the oddities. In a strange way, 
everyone is interested in pictures and 
how they are made. Indeed, if a picture 
paints a thousand words, the collection of 
this pair must have been the seed of many 
libraries. 

Mark A. Corum 



Paul Courtright 

Religious Studies 



Dr. Paul Courtright keeps strange company. 

His office is crowded with elephant-headed gods, 
strange goddesses, bizarre and mythical beasts, all 
guaranteed to make any student in the Religious 
Studies department pause in wonder when coming 
in to ask him about a homework assignment or some 
point in his lecture. But perhaps strangest of all is 
the fact that these creatures are a large part of his 
life's work— the study of non-western religions— a 
field few people understand. 

"My interest began when I graduated from Cor- 
nell and was awarded, along with four or five other 
students, a scholarship to go and teach in India at 
a college. I taught conversational English, and 
basically, the reason for the program was to bring 
some Americans there to give the students a chance 
to work hands-on with them, so to speak. I travel- 
ed in almost every state in the country, met people 
from all sorts of contexts: Hindus, Christians, Sikhs, 
Jains. And since I wasn't at that time committed 
academically to studying India I wasn't doing 
research, so my year there was very unfocused. 
When I got back to the states I went to Yale Divinity 
School, but after a year of theological study I decid- 
ed I wanted to find some way of following up on 
my interest in India. I seized on the idea of teaching 
religion in college at about the time a lot of univer- 
sities were forming religious studies programs- 
back in '65— so there were openings for people with 
my interest at an unprecedented rate. I didn't want 
to be a missionary or a minister or a theologian, so 
I went to one of the faculty and he told me if I was 
serious about it I should go down to the graduate 
school and study Sanskrit. That was my right of 
passage. After slogging my way through that I went 
to Princeton, did my graduate study there, and then 
back to India for more study." 

Courtright's recently published book Ganesa: 
Lord of Obstacles. Lord of Beginnings, has already 
attracted much notice. But even as it was being 
published, his research interests had moved on to 
subjects that Americans might find even stranger. 
"In the last few years I've been working on another 
project which I hope, with a research leave, will get 
finished. That's a study of the Hindu goddesses— 
particularly the goddess Sutee, one of the forms of 
Parvati, the wife of Shiva. In her incarnation as 
Sutee she commits a sacrifice in defense of her hus- 
band in which she immolates herself (throws herself 
onto a fire). And this has been related to a practice 
in traditional culture, which in remote areas of In- 
dia still takes place, and seems to be increasing. 
Widows will burn themselves aUve on the funeral 
pyres of their dead husbands. In the early 19th cen- 
tury the practice was banned in the areas of India 
under British rule. What I've been working on is 
taking two tracks. The first involves texts and folk 
traditions and what they take for granted in the In- 
dian religious universe, which includes such things 
as rebirth and karma; and, secondly, trying to 
reconstruct a case for why this represents an heroic 
effort. The second track is about how westerners 
saw this, why they were at first fascinated with it 
and now find it abhorrent and representitive of 
everything in India they don't like. So coming down 
on Sutee was a way of flexing their political muscles, 
so to speak." 

"What people fail to understand is that this ritual 
sacrifice is heroic, exemplary on the part of the 
woman— in fact, that it was on the same level or 
strata of heroic sacrifice as the male warrior's 
sacrifice of his life to the community in battle— so 
much that these sacrifices are celebrated together 
on the same traditional memorial stones." 



As for the rigors of working in a field where so 
many other researchers are hard at work, Cour- 
tright thinks there is more than enough to "go 
around." "I think there are two kinds of scholar- 
ship," he says. "One is trying to show people 
something that hasn't been seen before— being the 
first in and sort of mapping the territory. That's 
what I did with Ganesa and, to some extent, with 
Sutee. The other kind of scholarship, and it is equal- 
ly important, is trying to get right what others have 
misread. In that kind of scholarship you really have 
to review all that has been done before, pick your 
way through all that secondary research like a 
scholar of Shakespeare, because the texts aren't go- 
ing to change. Its like Biblical studies: its very 
doubtful there's going to be another Dead Sea Scroll 



discovered. It's a matter of figuring out new ways 
to look at the data we've got." 

But working within an field like Religious Studies 
does have one drawback; it is often misunderstood 
by those who think it is "teaching religions to 
students." Courtright thinks that this is not the 
case. "We have events to allow not only students 
to get involved, but to involve anyone who wants 
to learn. And if that makes people think we're pro- 
selytizing for some Oriental religion, or any religion, 
I just wish they'd come and talk about it or just 
listen for a moment. It's sad to watch people write 
off fascinating things just because they don't 
understand them." 

Mark A. Corum 




Cliff Lowery 

Dean of Students 




Cliff Lowery wears many hats. 

Dean of Students, one of the prime movers 
of the LINCG University Concert and Lecture 
Series, lay counselor, arbiter, chaperone for 
student trips to England, Russia ... his is an 
interesting and varied resume. But the role 
he plays day in and day out— the closest link 
the average student has the the university's 
administration— is one he won't admit to. He'd 
much rather talk about art and travel, two of 
his greatest loves. 

"I'm very proud of my involvement with the 
arts at UNCO," says Lowery. "Especially 
UCLS. We've had the fortune to be able to 
bring some of the finest traditional and young 
artists to UNCG during the existence of the 
program. I think we've been especially suc- 
cessful with looking ahead. For example, 
when we brought Ihtzak Perlman here in 1977 
the public was largely unaware of who he was. 
When he came back in 1983, he was a sellout." 

But Lowery's involvement with student ac- 



tivities goes much deeper than bringing artists 
and lecturers to our schools. Traveling with 
students is another route he takes— because, 
he says, students need to be "concerned about 
international concerns as much as they are 
about local ones." 

Actually taking students to other countries 
is what Lowery sees as the most important 
step in giving them a rounded view of the 
world. "I'm very concerned about the pro- 
paganda our government puts out about China 
and the USSR." says Lowery. who returned 
recently from a student trip to the So\iet 
Union. "While I was there I met a number of 
people who are now close friends and who I 
both admire and respect. They don't have the 
freedoms we do. but they are very concerned 
about the state of the Global Community. It 
is frustrating so see that they think we're at 
fault because of their own propaganda." 

"It is imperative that all of us, and especially 
students, see the interdependence of people. 



We have to understand the sheer humanity 
those people represent. They are very good, 
just as we are, and as frustrated as we are as 
w-ell. I am convinced there will be a revolu- 
tion in the USSR soon— one of a religious 
nature— because they have such an interest in 
religion and the personal conscience. 

"I personally favor the idea of exchanging 
thousands of students w'ith Russia each year," 
says Lowery. "But I am afraid the conser- 
vative tide of the nation may get in the way. 
A sense of nationalism can be dangerous— 
because you must be proud of what you have, 
but you must learn to co-operate as well." 

According to Lowery. this is only one thing 
our university should be teaching. Others im- 
portant subjects include trying out roles, get- 
ting feedback from peers about their actions 
and learning life-long planning skills "so that 
when they get to be 3.5 they'll be ready to be 
president or anything else they want to be." 
Mark A. Coram 




Dean Johnson, a senior Biology major. 
IS a man of many talents. 

As president of Elliott University 
(-'enteK. lie is responsible for keeping the 
students of UNC-G entertained. "I pro- 
vide the students with a socially, 
academically and culturally stimulating 
environment," he says, laughing. 

While in high school in New Jersey, 
Dean disc -jockeyed for parties and high 
school proms. At UNC-G he became in- 
volved in EUC's Goodnight Charlie, 
which provides music for student dances. 
He also plays several keyboard and per- 
cussion instruments and enjoys all kinds 
of music. "One More Night" by Phil Col- 
lins has been his favorite song for over 
a year. 

The Martial Arts are another of Dean's 
interests— he has studied Tae Kwon Do, 
Shotcikan, Kung I"u. Tang Sudo, 
Okinawan Kenpo, Kobudo and 
Goshuru— and he is director of the Stu- 
dent Escort Service. "I was disturbed 
during my freshman year when I heard 
aliout rapes on campus," he says. "An in- 
fiirmal escort service was started, and it 
kept growing." 

Aftei- graduation. Dean hopes to teach 
high school math. "My goal in life is to 
be happy," he says. "At UNC-G I've 
learned how to deal with people in any 
circumstance. I've learned so much out- 
side the classroom. It's priceless." 

—Dawn Ellen NvJbel 



Dean Johnson 

EUC President 




Greg Brown 

Carolinian Editor 



"A university newspaper should 
function as a kind of writing lab," 
says Greg Brown, the editor of the 
Carolinian. "It should be an educa- 
tional experience, a training ground 
for people who want to write in order 
to get some experience anc" get some 
clippings." 

Obviously, some practical problems 
intrude. "I want to make it as fair as 
it can be, but you can't involve 10,000 
students in an eight page weekly 
newspaper. You can't use everybody, 
and you've got to find a diplomatic 
way of turning down the ones you 
don't have space for. Still, for right 
now, my maior problem is recruit- 
ment. I'd like to get more people from 
the journalism and publishing classes 
in the English department involved." 

As of this writing. Brown has only 
been in office for a week, but he clear- 
ly has long-term plans. "I'd like to run 
more investigative pieces. I'd like to 
see how Student Government spends 
our money, how student activity fees 
are spent, how the university 
allocates money to the various depart- 
ments and divisions, to see if some 
areas are getting slighted. There'll 
always be room for features, and a 
school like this demands a lot of arts 
coverage— but I come from a hard 
news background and would like to 
see more of that done, too. It would 
be great to be able to train people to 
look and see what's going on around 
them. A campus newspaper should be 
like a microscope focused on the 
university." 

Brown is not the typical college 
newspaper editor. Thirty-two years 
old, he has undergraduate degrees in 
Journalism and History from Chapel 
Hill and is working on his Master of 
Fine Arts Degree in the Broad- 
cast/Cinema division of the Com- 
munications Department. A former 
VISTA volunteer. Brown names 
photography as his main hobby and 
readily admits to enjoying the music 
of Fairport Convention, Steeleye 
Span, Jethro Tull, and (the early) Neil 
Young. When asked what else 
distinguishes him in the way of quirks 
or habits, he smiles. "I'm always 
broke." 

The smile broadens when he is ask- 
ed if he has any words to live by. 
"Always expect the worst and you'll 
never be disappointed." 

Ian McDowell 



Mark A. Corum 

Pine Needles Editor 




Mark A, Corum is blunt about why he came 
to UNCG from Boone, North Carolina. "It 
was in-state, it was cheap, and it wasn't Ap- 
palachian, where I'd been taking afternoon 
classes while going to high school during the 
morning. I knew practically nothing about 
UNCG when I came here." 

Although Corum has worked for all three 
of UNCG's student publications, has recent- 
ly completed the first draft of a novel, and is 
applying to Master of Fine Arts in Creative 
Writing program, it was not the UNCG 
Enghsh Department that first attracted him. 
"I wanted to be a movie or television direc- 
tor, but experiencing the Broadcast/Cinema 
department changed my mind about that." 
After flirting with studying physics, he is now 
almost ready to graduate with a double ma- 
jor in Enghsh and Communications. 

Corum worked his way up through the 
ranks of the Carolinian, becoming production 
manager, the copy editor, and, for the the 
1984/85 academic year. Editor. He also serv- 
ed as Associate Editor of the Coraddi for two 
years running. When Dawn Nubel had to seek 
a medical withdrawal in September of 1985, 
he became editor of the Pine Needles. 

He is proudest of his association with Cor- 
addi. "It's the most important medium here. 
It's been the longest lasting and the farthest 
reaching. I've met people from all over the na- 
tion who've heard of it. You can't say that 
about the paper or the yearbook." 

He is plainly reluctant to talk about his 
novel, which he is currently redrafting. This 
writer has seen it, however, and found it more 
impressive than many MFA theses. He does 
acknowledge the advice and assistance of 
Fred Chappell, acclaimed poet and novelist 
and a member of the writing program. "The 
first thing he told me was to lose the title, but 
it got more positive after that." 

"Fred Chappell has been a tremendous help. 
He's the only person writing 'Southern Fic- 
tion' today who I'd really like to be able to 
write like. And that's strange because my 
style is almost the exact opposite of his. He's 
one of the three faculty members here who 
have really inspired me. The others are Jim 
Clark and Thomas Tedford. I'd add Eddie 
Bowen to that list, but certain imbeciles in the 
Communications Department got rid of him." 

Aside from Chappell, Corum likes to read 
Clifford Simak, Harlan Ellison ("his essays 
more than his fiction"), and Walker Percy 
("The Moviegoer especially"). His favorite 
movies are The Road Warrior, Amadeus, The 
Terminator, Taxi Driver, and Breaker 
Morant. His musical tastes are eclectic, rang- 
ing from top forty to rockabilly, and stopping 
only at heavy metal. "I like almost anything 
with a good beat— fifties stuff. Buddy Holly, 
Vivaldi, Mozart, and Weather Report, 
especially." 

When asked if he has any final comment to 
make, Corum grins. "Nothing I haven't 
already been quoted on." 

Ian McDowell 




Michael Stewart 

SG President 



Michael "Mike" Stewart can cope 
with the pressures of being president 
of Student Government. 

He has a motto: "When the going 
gets tough, the tough go shopping." 

Mike has been busy this year 
rewriting the constitution of Student 
Government. The new document will 
change the name of the legislative 
branch from the "Senate" to the 
"Student Governing Counsel." 
Representitives will be elected from 
the freshman, sophomore, junior, 
senior, and graduate classes. Mike 
sees the Counsel as ideally being in- 
volved in the policy-making network 
of the university. 

Mike is a creative person— so 
creative, in fact, that he designed his 
own major. Arts Administration. His 
studies combine Business Administra- 
tion with performing arts courses. 
He's also minoring in Political 
Science. 

His interests include movies and the 
theatre (he prefers serious drama) 
and reading for pleasure. He wants 
to get involved in community action 
for the less priveleged. "I really need 
to give something back to the com- 
munity," he says. "Whether it's 
working in a soup kitchen of as a big 
brother, that's what I really want to 
do." 

Mike says he eventually would like 
to head the National Endowment for 
the Arts, but he'll settle with work- 
ing for a local arts council after 
graduation. "I could get a MBA and 
a big job," he said. "But I'm not in 
it for the profit motive. I want to love 
what I'm doing." 

For relaxation, Mike enjoys socializ- 
ing with his fraternity brothers. He's 
vice-president of the UNCG chapter 
of Tau Kappa Epsilon. "I don't 
always get to mixers and happy 
hour," he says. "Sometimes I find 
myself working more on the business 
end. But I enjoy it— it's a group of 
friends to grow with." 

When offered an opportunity to 

give any final opinions, Mike grins,"! 

think everyone should go Democrat!" 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 



Ian, Sheila & Dariush 

UMB Representitives 




Ian McDowell enjoys reading Swamp miiy 
comics and watching Godzilla movies. Sheila 
Bowling likes to play jokes on her friends. 
Dariush Shafagh likes to play jazz on his 
guitar. These three seemingly different peo- 
ple all have one thing in common: they were 
elected the student at-large representatives 
to the University Media Board. And for the 
first time in recent memory, all the at-large 
representatives performed well in their posi- 
tions, attending all the meetings and carry- 
ing out their committee responsibilities. 

Ian has a M.F.A. in Creative Writing and 
is now busy finishing his M.A. in English. He 
is already a published and anthologized writer. 
His stories have appeared in Ares. Fantasy 
Book, Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction 
Magazine, Asimov Presents: Fantasy, and 
Coraddi. Ian says he ran for a position on the 
UMB because "I wanted to raise hell. I think 
1 succeeded moderately well. I wanted to do 
something to improve the media rather than 
just sit around and bitch." 

lan's varied interests include fishing 
("which I haven't done in a while"), Mexican 
fried ice cream, lox, sashimi ("and other raw 
things"), exploitation movies, Shakespeare, 
Yeats, horror ("Ramsey Campbell more than 
Stephen King"), Speckled South American 
Tegu lizards and the plays of Tom Stoppard 
and Peter Shaffer. 

Sheila Bowling, a junior English major, was 
the highest vote-getter in the election. "I 
decided to run because I thoughtl could be ob- 
jective in making decisions," she explained. 
"Media is important— we need to know what's 
going on." 

Sheila especially enjoys music and reading. 
Her tastes in music run from country pop to 
rock, and she lists Styx, Boston, Starship, 
Elton John and Alabama as favorites. In 
reading she leans toward F. Scott Fitzgerald, 
Robert Browning and Jonathan Swift. "I love 
to read columns too," she laughed. "Ellen 
Goodman and Jerry Bledsoe especially. I'd like 
to write a column one day." 

Sophomore Political Science major Dariush 
Shafagh serves as vice chairperson of the 
UMB. "Basically, I find media very in- 
teresting," Dariush explained. "I wanted to 
get involved. I enjoy administrative things." 

Studying is one of Dariush's main interests. 
"Really!" he exclaimed as his roommate scoff- 
ed in the background. "I love going to school 
and academics." Dariush worked as a staff 
writer for The Carolinian this year covering 
Senate and political science lectures. He also 
speaks two languages in addition to English: 
German and Farsi (the language of Iran). 
Daum Elltn Nubel 



Gary Cerrito 

UMB Chairperson 



Even though he's only a sophomore, 
Gary Cerrito has helped the University 
Media Board reach a long-time goal— the 
adoption of a new constitution. 

"As chair of the Media Board I try to 
facilitate information and work as a 
liason between student and faculty board 
members," Gary says. "I set up agendas 
and try to keep the board moving in a 
positive direction." 

Gary also enjoys being a member of 
Tau Kappa Epsilon. "I really like the 
guys," he explains. "The organization 
isn't looking for what it can get out of 
you, but how we can join together and all 
get something." 

For Gary, being in a fraternity involves 
more than parties. "We try to help 
others. Last year we had a keg roll to 
raise money for St. Jude's Children's 
Hospital." 

Gary, a Finance major, plans to keep 
working with the UMB and improving 
student media. "I was a sophomore when 
I ran for this position, with no real prior 
experience. At this university students 
can get involved and make a difference, 
contrary to popular belief." 

—Dawn Ellen Nubel 





Ellen Bryant, president of the 
Residence Hall Association, wants one 
thing understood; students who live on 
campus here at UNCG don't live in 
dorms. "Dorms are temporary, like a 
barracks— someplace you sleep, not 
someplace you live. A residence hall, 
though, is a place where you live while 
you're at school. That's an important 
difference." 

Ellen is very enthusiastic about the 
Residence Hall Association, and more 
than willing to explain her organization's 
function. "We have representatives from 
each of the residence halls. They give us 
input about criticisms, complaints, and 
ideas that come from the people who live 
there. From this information, we can 
form committees to address certain 
issues and ideas. We've formed a commit- 
tee to review designs for the new 
cafeteria, for instance. We have a com- 
mittee to help pick out the new furniture 
for North and South Spencer. These are 
just a few examples. We also participate 
in campus activities like the team walk 
for the March of Dimes and getting a 
memorial for Dr. Warren Asby." 

Ellen is an economics and modern 
political science major from Wilmington. 
A sophomore, she enjoys working with 
people, playing the piano, being with 
children, and politics. While she has not 
chosen a definite career, this doesn't 
mean her future plans are vague. 

"I'm not going to be a person who sits 
beside a desk all day. I want to be with 
people or work with people. Law school 
or graduate school are possibilities. I 
don't want to stagnate. I want to grow 
as a person and be challanged. 

—Ian McDowell 



Ellen Bryant 

RHA President 



Andy Snider enjoys a challenge. 

As president of the senior class and 
chairperson of the Class Council, he's 
helped organize events ranging from 
Spring Fling activities to a senior 
class beach trip to Senior Day. 

Andy came to UNCG from Kennett 
Square, Pennsylvania. "I thought 
about transferring to Chapel Hill 
after two years, but I liked the pro- 
gi'am I was in— so I stayed." 

His major is Organizational Com- 
munications. "I like the people in the 
department, and I like the blend of 
studying communications and 
psychology." Obviously his studies 
paid off— he has been offered a posi- 
tion with People's Express after 
graduation. 

When Andy isn't studying or work- 
ing with the Class Council he enjoys 
taking road trips. "Winston-Salem, 
Boone, and Raleigh are my favorite 
places to go," he explains. He also 
runs, and he likes to eat out "just to 
get off campus." 

Andy can be described as a "peo- 
ple person." His long range plans in- 
clude attending seminary. 

"I've enjoyed my senior year. I've 
been faced with a lot more challenge. 
I'm seeing things grow and come in- 
to fruition. I'm seeing how everything 
I've learned fits together— and I'm us- 
ing it." 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 




Andy Snider 

Senior Class President 



Stuart Smith 

WUAG General Manager 



Stuart Smith loves to talk about 
WUAG, 106.1 Stereo FM. 

When he came to UNCG he had no 
broadcasting experience. Now he's 
serving his second year as General 
Manager of the campus radio station. 
"I just went to the organizational 
meeting my first semester. I started 
out in news and production, and even- 
tually got a job on the executive board 
as traffic director. The following year 
I was elected General Manager." 

WUAG's format is Progressive 
New Music, which emphasizes newer 
artists and new releases. "We aren't 
pressured into playing what is 
popular," says Stuart. "College sta- 
tions are instrumental in breaking 
new artists. Record companies use 
college stations as a test market." 

If you ask Stuart what his other in- 
terests are besides WUAG, you'll 
most likely be met with a blank stare. 
"I do a lot of things at the station," 
he laughs. 

R.E.M. amd U2 have been popular 
on the station this year, according to 
Stuart. So was 'Tom Petty's new 
album and several local artists such 
as One Plus Two. 

A survey this fall showed WUAG's 
format to be quite popular with 
students. "379-5450," says Stuart. 
"We take requests." 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 





J| 


i 








^^ 


P 

d 








^^HL - >* 


T ' 






i 






I 




A 


K| 




1 


t 


p 


bf 


^^^^Kp* 


1 % 




^ "^ 


■^^■L^ 




L 






^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Hm 




Mm 


. 


t 1 


^^^^^^^^H 




-M 


i 



Antonia Monk 

NBS President 



Antonia Monk has worked on revising 
the Neo-Black Society constitution and 
restructuring the organization to better 
reiHect their motto, "Something For 
Everyone." 

"We want to cater to everyone," she 
explained, "not just a select group." 

As president of the NBS, Antonia, a 
junior communications/broadcasting ma- 
jor from Goldsboro, has helped increase 
the membership of the organization to 
400 this year. The groups has sponsored 
special events ranging from perfor- 
mances by the dance and drama troupes 
and the NBS Gospel Choir to tutoring 
services, a fashion show, films and 
speakers and a spring musical. 

When Antonia is not working or study- 
ing, she enjoys listening to music (her 
favorites range from Michael Jackson to 
Wynton Marsalis) and playing the flute 
and piano. Her future plans include 
graduate school at UNCG and breaking 
into broadcasting, hopefully on a major 
television station. 

"People seem to think the Neo-Black 
Society is just for blacks," Antonia said. 
"It is an organization with new black 
ideas, but it's for everyone. Now we just 
have one white member and two foreign 
members. We want to convince the 
students the NBS is for everybody." 

—Dawn Ellen Nubel 




Ed McLester is a busy man. 

He's president of the University 
Graduate Student Council, the father of 
a 16-year-old and a 21 -year-old, and a 
chemistry instructor at Rockingham 
Community College. 

He's also working on his doctorate in 
Higher Education Administration. 

Ed is interested in governance and 
decision-making, and he's interested in 
what graduate students can do to help 
themselves. His organization provides 
grants to academic departments for 
seminars and to individuals to foster their 
professional development. 

Jackson Library is Ed's main hobby. 
All that stands between him and gradua- 
tion next year is his dissertation. "I used 
to have some hobbies," he says with a 
laugh. "Playing the guitar, swimming, 
camping...! remember them." 

A graduate student's work is never 
done. 

—Dawn Ellen Nubel 




Ed McLester 

UGSC President 



Chris Harlow 

IFC President 



Chris Harlow has worked diligently this 
year to make Inter-Fraternity Council 
(IFC) a forum to improve communica- 
tions between all of UNCG's fraternities. 

"I came to school with a prefabricated 
notion of what fraternities are from the 
movies," Chris explains. "It's not like 
that." 

His goals this year were promoting 
Greek unity, educating the campus about 
the Greek system and increasing 
membership. Before leaving office he'd 
like to use some IFC funds to make an 
alcohol awareness video to show in local 
high schools. 

Chris, a junior public relations major 
from Miami, joined Lambda Chi Alpha 
fraternity as a freshman. "There are a lot 
of leadership skills to be gained; it's not 
like Animal House." 

This year IFC went from an inactive, 
"token" organization to a vital part of 
Greek life on cmapus. Under Chris' 
leadership the group printed a fraterni- 
ty handbook, planned a structured Rush 
without alcohol, set up smokers, started 
a file of franternity clippings and rosters, 
worked to improve relations between all 
fraternities on cmapus, and planned 
Greek Week and fundraisers. 

Chris describes himself as a "people 
person." "I look at life as a set of ex- 
periences. How many and how good they 
are constitutes your life span. I'm for the 
Greek system because it opens new doors 
and can only improve your life." 

—Dawn Elle7i N^ibel 





Leah Griffin made the front page 
of the city section of the Greensboro 
Daily News on January 23, 1986. She 
was taking part in a pro-choice vigil 
at the Greensboro governmental 
center. 

As president of the Association of 
Women Students, Leah is an active 
advocate for women. On campus, 
AWS shows films, sponsors cultural 
events and sponsored a series of 
speakers titles "Women Supporting 
Women", and a Susan B. Anthony 
birthday dinner. 

"We're not a secluded group of 
women who hate men," Leah explain- 
ed. "We love men. We wish more 
would be involved." 

Leah describes herself as a Beatle- 
maniac. "My room is papered with 
Beatle posters." She also writes short 
stories and has been featured in Cor- 
addi, the campus fine arts magazine. 

After graduating in May with her 
B.A. in English, Leah will attend law 
school in hopes of trying discrimina- 
tion cases one day. 

If the yearbook awarded senior 

superlatives, Leah would be named 

Most Likely to Make the Cover of Ms. 

—Dawn Ellen Nubel 



Leah Griffin 

AWS President 



Bernetta LaChelle Ghist collects rocks, 
seashells, keychains, quotes, unicorns, 
stuffed dogs and purple pigs. 

She is also vice-president of Student 
Government. 

"It's like being in a corporation," 
Bernetta explained. "Mike's the presi- 
dent, and we consult. Then, there are 
people who work under me. There are 
channels just like in a regular business." 

Bernetta is on the publicity committee 
in Identity, and she is parlimentarian of 
the North Carolina Student Legislature. 
She also attends the meetings of eleven 
other organizations "out of interest." 

When she's not attending meetings, 
chairing the Senate, or writing legisla- 
tion, Bernetta enjoys reading. She likes 
romances and mysteries, and Nora 
Roberts, Dixie Brown and Agatha 
Christie are her favorite writers. 

After graduating with a degree in 
Business Administration in May, Bernet- 
ta will attend the National Paralegal 
Training Institute in Atlanta. Her long- 
range goals are to earn advanced degrees 
in law and business. 

She also enjoys educating others on 
unicorns. "They have the tail of a lion and 
the legs of an antelope," she explained. 
"Their bodies are white, their heads are 
purple and their horns should be white, 
red and black." 

—Dawn Ellen Nubel 




Bernetta LaChelle Ghist 

SG Vice-President 



Dawn Ellen Nubel 

Coraddi Editor 



Dawn Ellen Nubel is from Shallotte, a town 
on the North Carolina coast that she grudg- 
ingly admits was named after a high-faluting 
French onion. After receiving a B.A. in 
Religious Studies and English from UNCG, 
she returned here in the summer of '85 to pur- 
sue a M.Ed in Counseling. This is her third 
year as Editor of Coraddi. the university's 
much-respected magazine of art, literature, 
and photography. 

"I didn't expect to be doing it again," she 
explains. "I started out the year as editor of 
Pine Needles, but I had to take a medical 
withdrawal from school. When I came back 
in January I expected to continue working on 
the yearbook in some capacity, though not as 
editor. But when the editorship of Coraddi 
became vacant and it became clear people 
weren't lining up to apply, I volunteered to 
do it again." 

It is obvious that Nubel is passionately com- 
mitted to the magazine. "I think it is the most 
important medium we have here. Now I know 
that sounds awful, that people will think I'm 
just saying that because I'm editor— but think 
about it. This school has such a great creative 
writing program and such an outstanding art 
department and those students need a forum 
for their work. And if other students, even in 
different fields, like to write or draw or take 
pictures, and if they happen to be good at it, 
they need an outlet to be published in. It's 
really vital." 

"People don't always realize just what a 
great tradition we have here. Coraddi has 
published Flannery O'Connor, James Dickey, 
Randall Jarrell, and many others. And, for 
every year up until the mid-sixties, there was 
a great arts forum held on campus— the Cor- 
addi Arts Forum. During that time we invited 
many famous artists, writers, and even musi- 
cians to speak here. People as disparate as 
Robert Frost and John Cage came." 

Nubel's unimpeachable intellectual creden- 
tials do not make her a snob, however. Her 
tastes are very catholic. She likes bunny rab- 
bits, listening to music, going to art galleries, 
and reading ("everything except class 
assignments"). Her list of favorite things 
would have to include Sylvia Plath, Prince, 
Bloom County (she leans more towards Opus 
than Bill), Wallace Stevens, Hindu Mythology 
(especially anything to do with Kali, the dark 
goddess, or Krishna), Sherlock Holmes (the 
original canon, not blasphemous re- 
interpretations), T.S. Eliot, Emily Dickinson, 
Sting, E.L.O., Chaim Potok, Flannery O'Con- 
nor, Wang Chung, Milan Kundera, and gothic 
cathedrals. 

This last passion once led a friend to buy a 
stone in her name in the Washington 
Cathedral for her birthday. Her favorite place 
in the whole world, however, is the National 
Gallery of Art. One of her favorite people is 
her cat Colour, "the world's most brilliant 
fehne." 

Ian McDowell 




SET 



A few of the opinions, 
thoughts, and reasons 
that shape UNC-G. 



A Disturbing Trend 



Ian McDowell, Copy Editor 



Like many graduate students, I have a 
teaching assistantship. Mine involves 
teaching Freshman Composition. Recent- 
ly, I read an essay by one of my students, 
an essay in which the writer explained his 
decision to join the Republican party. 

"Many people have called the 
Republican party the party of the Big 
Guy against the Little Guy," he wrote. 
"But that's okay with me. I plan to be a 
Big Guy myself someday. Besides, the 
Democrats lose more ground each year; 
by the turn of the century it's possible we 
will have a one party system. I don't 
know about you, but I want to be on the 
winning side." 

Such cynical opportunism shocked me. 
I started attending college in the late 
Seventies, when the tide of Sixties ac- 
tivism was still receding, and I saw 
enough of it before it was gone to realize 
that many of the cherished myths about 
the generation just preceding mine have 
a precarious foundation in reality. So 
don't mistake me for the typical former 
flower child who continually attacks to- 
day's young people for a presumed lack 
of idealistic altruism. Normally, I would 
hate to become such a cliche. 

Still, the attitude voiced by the writer 
of that essay seems more prevalent 
among my students now than it did when 
I started teaching in 1983, and there's no 
way I can pretend it doesn't disturb me. 
Every reason that young man gave for 
joining the Republican party could have 
been used by a Nazi in the waning days 
of the Weimar Republic. In fact, it is dif- 
ficult for me to consider him morally superior 
to the typical Klansman. However 
twisted, ideals are usually behind a deci- 
sion to join the Klan, rather than a self- 
serving desire to be on the winning side. 

And that's what I find disturbing about 
some of today's young conservatives. 
Philosophically, they seem to have little 
in common with the great conserative 
tradition. Indeed, they seem to define 
their conservatism in terms of a party 
line, a series of set positions on key 
issues, rather than any particular moral 
and ethical stance. And that scares me. 

Democracy depends upon a certain 
amount of belief in the common good. 



That belief, however, must be an organic 
part of a culture, rather than the creed 
of a ruling party. If we become a nation 
of me-firsters, of selfish opportunists 
adopting a callow set of beliefs because 



such beliefs are fashionable and make it 
easier to get ahead, our national 
character will change radically. I don't 
want to be around when that happens. 




Women's Studies Program Fills 
a Need that Still Exists 

Lana Whited and M. Katherine Grimes, English Department 



It might surprise those of us who think 
of Women's Studies as a new 
phenomenon to know that courses in the 
field have been offered at UNCG since 
our current freshmen were four years 
old. The program began on an experimen- 
tal basis in the spring of 1972 with forty- 
one students in three courses. The 
original committee, chaired by Jane Mat- 
thews (History), consisted of five faculty 
members and four students. The commit- 
tee for the 1985-86 and 1986-87 academic 
years is chaired by Jacquelyn White 
(Psychology) and includes Jodi Bilinkoff, 
Kenneth Caneva, and John D'Emilio 
(History); Mary Ellis Gibson (English); 
Margaret Hunt (Political Science); 
William Markam (Sociology); John Scan- 
Eoni (Child Development/Family Rela- 



tions); Patricia Spakes (Social Work); 
Rebecca Taylor (Nursing); Mary 
Wakeman (Religious Studies); Susan 
Canning and Patricia Wasserboehr (Art); 
Karma Ibsen-Riley (Communication and 
Theatre); Judy Jounson (Business Ad- 
ministration); Marilyn Haring-Hidore 
(Education); and Kathryn Moore (Jackson 
Library). Student members are also ap- 
pointed to the committee. 

The Women's Studies Program cur- 
rently offers courses in the areas of an- 
thropology, child development and fami- 
ly relations, english, history, nursing, 
physical education, psychology, religion, 
sociology, political science, and women's 
studies. Besides committee members, the 
Women's Studies faculty includes Rebec- 
ca Adams (Sociology), Pearl Berlin 



(Emeritus, Health and Physical Educa- 
tion), and Robert M. Calhoun (History). 
The program schedules about six courses 
a semester. During the most recent 
semester accounted for by the program's 
self-study, over 200 people were enroll- 
ed, with an average of over thirty in each 
course. Psychology courses have been the 
most popular, and the Department of 
History has consistently offered the most 
courses. The College of Arts and Sciences 
currently recognizes a minor in Women's 
Studies consisting of six courses in the 
program, with no more than three from 
one discipline. With permission, a student 
may substitute a course such as Charles 
Davis' ENG 534-Modern Southern Fic- 
tion by Women. The University has never 
offered a major in Women's Studies. The 




Women's Studies Program also sponsors 
and co-sponsors extra-curricular ac- 
tivities such as lectures, films, and a 
lunch-time series, "Conversation with 
Women Faculty." In addition, Jackson 
Library has an outstanding Women's 
Studies collection. 

The UNCG Women's Studies Program 
has encountered many difficulties com- 
mon to such programs. One major pro- 
blem is governance; the interdisciplinary 
nature of the field makes its position in 
the administration nebulous. A fun- 
damental suggestion made by the 
Women's Studies Committee in a 1985 
self-study is that the program be housed 
under the Vice-Chancellor for Academic 
Affairs to give it stability and visibility. 
The administration of the University has 
quite recently (January 1986) ap- 
propriated an office, 25 Foust, for the 
Women's Studies Program; Jacquelyn 
White's administrative duties will be con- 
ducted from this office. 

A pervasive problem is lack of releas- 
ed time for Women's Studies faculty, par- 



ticuarly for the committee chair. Some 
department chairs are reluctant to 
release faculty from commitments. Thus, 
the success of any Women's Studies pro- 
gram is usually the result of individual 
generosity, conviction, and dedication. 
Students in the field must be willing to 
make similar investments, as no scholar- 
ship or financial aid is available. 

A particularly problematic situation at 
present is the departure of Judith White, 
former Director of the Women's 
Resource Center. Her duties had ranged 
beyond the Center to include many of 
those of Coordinator of the Program, a 
position eliminated in the late 1970s 
because of lack of funding. 

Student opinion and the Academic Self- 
Study have indicated a need for a broader 
curriculum. The most expansion is ex- 
pected to come from the Department of 
English; considerable international atten- 
tion is currently focused on women's 
literature, as evidenced by the 1985 
publication of The Norton Anthology of 
Literature by Women, edited by Sandra 




Gilbert and Suan Gubar. Much interest 
has been expressed in a course on Women 
in the Arts (music, theatre, visual arts, 
dance). Other possible additions are 
courses in the departments of Com- 
munications, Education, Home 
Economics, Romance Languages, and 
the Natural Sciences, and in the schools 
of Health, Physical Education, Recrea- 
tion and Dance and of Business and 
Economics. 

The primary controversy surrounding 
Women's Studies is whether such a pro- 
gram is as divisive as the society it at- 
tempts to improve. Critics feel that 
Women's Studies programs can be self- 
serving and polemical. But supporters 
would remind us that the traditional 
tendency to minimize or exclude the con- 
cerns of women creates an imbalance in 
scholarship that must be recitified, even 
if for a while the correction creates its 
own imbalance, just as affirmative action 
for a time will seem to create its own 
inequities. 

In a perfect world, as the English 
Department's Mary Ellis Gibson says, 
there would be no need for such a pro- 
gram. But as long as the need exists, 
UNCG is particularly suited for Women's 
Studies because of the resolve of its 
founders to educate women and its con- 
tinued dedication as a liberal arts institu- 
tion to humanistic concerns. 



Success of the Home Economics 
School Based on Deep Roots 

Michelle Dosier, School of Home Economics 



People are surprised when they hear 
the founder of Home Economics was the 
first woman to graduate from the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
(MIT). 

Back in the 1800s, MIT graduate Ellen 
Richards was restricted to addressing 
social issues rather than science because 
she was a woman. Resolute and deter- 
mined, she applied scientific principles to 
the rugged living conditions of her day. 
A discipline based on improving quality 
of life was born and given a name— Home 
Economics. 

Today, controversy over the name con- 
tinues; yet, students still bring the same 
energy and determination characteristic 
of Richards to their studies in the UNCG 
School of Home Economics. The dif- 
ference in the programs today and in the 
past is the focus— the students, mostly 
women, prepare for exciting, dynamic 
careers outside the home. 



Why do students from all over North 
Carolina, the nation, and the world 
choose the UNCG School of Home 
Economics as their place of study? What 
is it that draws them here? 

Jacqueline Voss, Dean of the School of 
Home Economics, says the school's 
history has much to do with its reputa- 
tion. "For the last 25 years, our pro- 
grams hav2 been involved with 'cutting 
edge' issues. There's not a social problem 
anywhere that we don't have response to 
in our academic programs." 

The UNCG School of Home Economics 
was the first program in the nation to 
receive funding for research to study the 
effects of daycare on infants. The pro- 
gram was also first to study daycare as 
an alternative for handicapped students. 

Today, the research continues, cover- 
in current topics like changing sex role 
attitudes, excercise, nutrition, and 
physiology, and the effect of television 



and computers on children. 

The UNCG School of Home Economics 
is one of 18 universities in the nation to 
offer a Ph.D. in every subject matter area 
of Home Economics. The subject matter 
areas include Clothing and Textiles, Child 
Development and Family Relationships, 
Food-Nutrition/Food Service Manage- 
ment, Interior Design, and Home 
Economics in Education and Business. 

The impressive graduate program here 
also attracts outstanding, nationally 
recognized faculty to the school. Among 
them are Dr. Hyman Rodman and Dr. 
John Scanzoni, both noted for their 
research cntributions and publishing in 
Child Development and Family Relations. 
Dr. Manfred Wentz, new chairperson of 
the Clothing and Textiles Department, 
and Dr. Barbara Clawson, an interna- 
tional leader in Home Economics, are just 
a few of the others. 

The blend of prominent professors and 




current research promises for outstan- 
ding alumni. UNCG Home Economics 
alumni hold prestigious positions all over 
the country in business, academia, and 
government. 

Many students are attracted to the 
school by the reputation of specific pro- 
grams under the Home Economics um- 



brella. UNCG is the only school in the 
state to offer an M.Ed, in Interior 
Design. The Master's program in 
Dietetics and Nutrition is the largest in 
the country, boasting a built-in consor- 
tium. The consortium is a unique intern- 
ship placement plan with contacts in 25 
hospitals and clinics across the state. 




Ninety-four percent of all dietetics 
students pass the American Dietetics 
Association exam which certifies 
students for professional practice. In 
1985, the Department of Child Develp- 
ment and Family Relations was rated 
sixth in the nation in a study conducted 
by the National Council on Family 
Relations. 

The achievements listed here are only 
a few. The combination of outstanding 
research, faculty, and departmental pro- 
grams in every subject matter area has 
made the UNCG School of Home 
Economics an easy target for respect and 
national attention. 

From all indications, it appears the 
reputation will stick in the future. Dean 
Voss agrees. "I just think we're in on the 
action everywhere." 



A Lack of Activism is Not the 
Same as Apathy 

Michael Stewart, Student Government President 



Apathy. Webster defines it as a noun 
meaning a lack of interest or concern. It 
has been the word I have most often 
heard used to describe our generation. 
Are we apathetic? Well that depends on 
the area in question. 

Take extracurricular activities at this 
school, for example. During my four 
years at UNCG I have often heard peo- 
ple say we need to combat student 
apathy. The concern has been that we 
need to get more students involved in 
school activities, whether it be a meeting 
of the Student Senate or a dance in Cone 
Ballroom. 

As I asserted in my State of the Cam- 
pus Address last Fall, I don't believe that 
there is much apathy in this area at 
UNCG. After all, we have over 100 stu- 
dent clubs and organizations, including an 
active Student Government that has 
worked to restructure itself this year in 
order to more fully participate in the 
overall framework of university gover- 
nance. We also have a social programm- 
ing board, four different student media 
organizations, and many social, service, 
and educational clubs. With all of this, we 
can hardly be called apathetic. It might 
be nice if we could achieve more involve- 
ment or enthusiasm from time to time, 
but clearly the students at UNCG do not 
wholly lack interest or concern in the area 
of extracurricular activities. As I see it, 
it is more a matter of diversified and scat- 
tered interests, which don't happen to 
center around one major theme or con- 
cern. If anything, this ought to 
strengthen our sense of community, 
because we try to address and meet the 
needs of many various interests, and not 
just a few. 

So where does the conclusion come 
from that the students of the '80s are 
plagued with apathy? Easily enough, the 
answer lies in a comparison between the 
students of today and the students of the 
'60s and '70s. It is certainly true that the 
generation preceding ours seemed more 
involved, and vocal activism was found on 
many campuses, but a major difference 
between then and now is that years ago 
American students were threatened with 
going to war; today, we are not. 



Although much of the activism of the 
recent past was a product of the self- 
interest of staying alive, there was an 
elevated social consciousness that arose 
then which seems to be less prevalent to- 
day. A decade or two ago most college 
students were proud to call themselves 
progressive, and those who were conser- 
vative were often embarrassed to admit 
it. Now the opposite is true, and some are 
concerned that we may be dangerously 
close to becoming a Darwinian genera- 



unambiguous problems in 30 to 60 
minutes, and we become conditioned to 
expect the same out of real life, and have 
a difficult time dealing with more am- 
biguous problems over the long haul. One 
might also suggest that there is less ac- 
tivism today because we have achieved 
many of the social and political goals of 
the past, at least in writing if not com- 
pletely in actual practice. 

Personally, I believe that a major part 
of the problem is that we recognize that 



"a major difference between then and now is 
that years ago students were threatened with 
going to war; today, we are not." 



tion with a primary concern not for 
equality, human rights, or our fellow 
man, but for materialistic values and our 
targeted income level ten years from 
now. Perhaps this is where we seem 
apathetic, not in the area of extracur- 
ricular activities, but in the area of 
sociopolitical activism. It is important not 
to confuse the two, which may seem ob- 
vious enough, but all too often these two 
areas are interchanged in discussions on 
the subject at hand. 

Several reasons have been suggested 
as to why today's youth may not be as 
concerned or responsive to social and 
political issues as past generations have 
been. Aside from the lack of a war, which 
is a significant factor, a lack of respect 
for and faith in government has also been 
suggested. For example, we grew up 
after the deaths of John F. Kennedy and 
Martin Luther King, Jr., who led efforts 
of social and political change. Instead of 
witnessing their idealism, we grew up 
watching government leaders defrocked 
in various criminal investigations. Or, as 
has also been suggested, perhaps we 
equate politicians with negative cam- 
paigning, slogans, and flashy commer- 
cials, instead of being honest and upfront 
about their stands on the issues. Another 
possible reason might be that we are a 
television audience who is accustomed to 
watching T.V. programs where the good 
guys fight the bad guys and settle major. 



our world, national, and even local pro- 
lems include a vast array of issues often 
older than ouselves, that even if we 
wanted to understand them, we wouldn't 
know where to start. And day after day 
the newspapers report so many tragedies 
that we become coolly indifferent to the 
problems around us. One need only look 
at the ongoing problems in the Middle 
East to know what I mean. 

And how do we sometimes respond to 
such problems? Perhaps too often we 
throw our arms up, resign ourselves to 
wondering, "What's the use?", and are 
content to ignore problems and do our 
best to "look out for number one." 

Obviously we do not always take this 
approach. The college movement against 
apartheid and investment in South 
African business operations is testimony 
that students do take up the placards 
from time to time. But even apartheid is 
an easy, risk-free cause that does not re- 
quire a tough or well-thought-through 
stand on an ambiguous issue. After all, 
there is only one morally acceptable stand 
on aprtheid, and that is to oppose it. But 
we must be willing to address the tough, 
ambiguous issues as well; ones that re- 
quire well-thought-out stands after we 
educate ourselves on the issues. At the 
university we are surrounded with in- 
dividuals and information on nearly every 
subject, and we ought to avail ourselves 
of these resources, both while we are 



enrolled and even after we have left as 
registered students. Education does not 
end at graduation, and I believe that the 
university can and should be utilized more 
often by society at large in helping it to 
address its needs and concerns. 

Also, we need not give up on govern- 
mental activity because it is confusing or 
imperfect, but instead, as just stated, 
take on the civic responsibility of 
democracy to educate ourselves on issues 
and work to improve their status. And we 
need not give up on politics because it has 
become commercialized, but instead in- 
stist that our representatives level with 
us about their stands and not simply 
espouse clever slogans. And finally, we 
need not give up on our fellow man 
because his problems are complex or 
because administrative efficiency of 
public relief is imperfect, but strive to im- 
prove our systems of assistance and be 
willing to share of ourselves and our 
resources. 

Finally, I believe that we musn't be 
willing to so easily give up on the pro- 
gressive spirit that was prevalent on col- 
lege campuses just a few years ago. (This 
doesn't mean that I advocate confronta- 
tions, pickets, and protests, because such 
channels are often meant to force one- 
sided change. There are more diplomatic 
ways to address issues so that all sides 
can be considered.) We need to ask 
ourselves if we are really content to go 
along with the current conservatism, and 
do things such as address our nation's 
fiscal deficit by cutting domestic pro- 
grams while building military spending 
and opposing taxes. Can we so easily 
overlook the fact that were it not for 
some domestic programs, such as student 
financial aid, many of us would not even 
be in college right now? 

If we so easily give up, then we will 
deserve to be called both apathetic and 
selfish. And we will have to ponder what 
there is to be proud of, and what would 
be worth protecting. In fact, America has 
so much to be proud of, and our nation 
has worked too long and too hard for us 
to go backwards now. I believe that our 
generation has the capacity to care and 
become more involved in the continual ef- 



fort to improve our society. We do not 
lack the necessary energy, as is 
demonstrated by our activity in other 
areas of interest. Individually, we may 
not have the answers to the world's pro- 
blems, and even if we did we might not 
be able to implement them. But we should 
do our part, individually, whether we 
become the leading politicians of tomor- 
row, or simply search our souls before we 
vote in an election, or think twice about 
buying a $20,000 sports car. 



This is not meant to be as much inspir- 
ing as it is meant to be challenging, 
because inspirational highs too easily run 
out of steam when confronted with the 
nitty-gritty work and tough decisions and 
sacrifices involved in not just espousing 
our values, ethics, and ideals, but in tru- 
ly living them out. Our challenge is to be 
concerned about our environment, to 
take interest in one another's welfare, 
and act upon our convictions. Only then 
can we claim that we are not apathetic. 




students Should Accept the 
Challenge of Understanding 

Dr. Cliff Lowery, Dean of Students 



Each of us must find challenges to 
enrich us if we are to be truly human in 
the 20th century. Recently our challenges 
have been found at the University, but 
upon graduation you must seek new 
challenges if you are to apply your univer- 
sity skills to life. 

Recently I completed my third tour of 
the Soviet Union and was forcefully 
reminded through these travels and new 
friendships that a continuing challenge of 
our time is to develop mutual concerns 
for community. Community must come to 
mean more than these people we see 
everyday— it must include a world view 
of community. This new vision ought to 
be built on mutual concern, not the na- 
tional fervor that so often blinds us. 

Such a vision may be the only hope for 
world peace. But peace alone is not suf- 
ficient, we must require justice for 
others, including those we do not know 
and who may be very different from 
ourselves. Justice therefore requires a vi- 
sion of service that demands complete 
commitment to those we would serve. We 
must share their feelings of 
powerlessness and must resist the urge 
to rush in for a moment of euphoria and 
then return to our overly comfortable life 
style. 

I hope you will accept this challenge. It 
can guide you in your search for an im- 
proved quality of life that relies on a 
mature understanding of justice and 
peace that represents far more than legal 
order in the community. Justice is more 



than obediance to the law. It is a call for 
action that invites reflection upon our 
motivations and insights. It is a call to 
critically evaluate our capacity for being 
compassionate. 

As a student at UNC-Greensboro you 
have hopefully acquired the discipline of 
a scholar— the vision to know what to do 
and to know when to do it. Discipline im- 
proves our own sense of community and 
with serious contemplation permits us to 
share new insights. I believe these new- 
insights become our expression of hope— 
hope that the future can be better than 
the past. 

As you leave the University, I trust 
that you will find another caring com- 
munity where you will help to build open- 
ness and trust and sensitivity to others; 
continue your spirit of inquiry and seize 
opportunities to get to know others both 
at home and abroad. Over the years I 
have come to cherish close friends and to 
savor those special friends from my 
travels to the USSR, People's Republic 
of China, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, 
Hungary, Austria, Germany, England, 
Denmark, and Finland. 

Norman Cousins, (who visited the cam- 
pus a few years ago) former editor of 
Saturday Review and author of Human 
Options, has invited Americans to res- 
pond more to the challenge of compassion 
than that of adventure; and to respond 
to the challenge of the human spirit 
rather than scientific intelligence. He has 
identified a very real concern for our na- 



tion. Each of us must reflect upon the 
role we can play in reordering our per- 
sonal and national priorities. 

In conclusion, I offer the following 
toast and challenge to your spirit: 
May your University ex- 
perience give you greater 
insight for success. 

May your success give 
you the vision for future 
challenges. 

May you have both hap- 
piness and humility. 

May you have friends and 
friendships for warmth and 
comfort. 

May you be faithful and 
courageous to high ideals. 

May you be filled with 
love and caring. 

May your sorrows be 
great enough to enhance 
your character. 

May your challenges in 
your life and work bring 
you the joy that many of us 
have experienced while ser- 
ving you at UNC- 
Greensboro. 



Why People are Ignoring the 
Real Roots of Censorship 



Mark A. Corum, Editor 



In this state, and this year, there's pro- 
bably been no hotter subject for discus- 
sion or protest than the decline in the 
right to free speech. The new North 
Carolina Obscenity Law, statements by 
politicians cutting at reporters' rights, 
and even Ted Turner's attempted 
takeover of CBS all worked to bring free 
speech to the front pages of newspapers 
and the lead stories of TV newscasts 
throughout 1985 and early '86. There 
were columns and articles churned out by 
the hundreds about the necessity of some 
censorship, how rights needed to be 
guaranteed, how dangerous censorship 
was as well as how necessary it had 
become. And, yet, for all this talk about 
censorship of opinions, members of the 
print and broadcast press alike failed to 
admit to themselves a simple truth— that 
they have done as much as a group to 
threaten free speech as has any outside 
force. 

The idea of the media as its own worst 
enemy on the free speech question is far 
from new— but it was new this year com- 
ing from some of the nation's most liberal 
idealists. While conservatives like Jesse 
Helms have attacked the rights of jour- 
nalists to report stories for years as be- 
ing counterproductive, dangerous, or 
tlatly "un-American," it is the journalist 
who seeks to use his first amendment 
rights as a battering ram rather than a 
shield that have lessened its effectiveness 
and reputation at a much swifter pace. 

Sure, people look up to journalists like 
those who cracked the Watergate case or 
who write about other factions in a crook- 
ed government to help the nation at the 
risk of their hides. But when your basic 
National Enquirer type uses his "first 



amendment rights" to defend his libeling 
and abuse of innocent people to make a 
headline, the public as a whole has learn- 
ed to turn its collective head and murmur 
"oh, hell, not again!" Indicative of this is 
a remark a journalist friend of mine made 
recently. "It's gotten to the place that 
'taking the first' (amendment) to protect 
a source from harrassment or defend 
publishing something shocking to people 
makes you as guilty in their eyes as 'tak- 
ing the fifth' does when you're on the 
witness stand." 

America's media has had its day of 
blind trust— and it had better begin the 
slow process of winning back people's 
trust with a voice of truth and reason 
before that voice is simply cut off. The 
case of the NC Censorship law points this 
out better than almost any other. When 
news of the law first became known, it 
was the media that responded first with 
attacks that pro-censorship forces easily 
turned into ammunition in favor of the 
law in pointing out how the media was 
working, as it always had, only for its 
own interests and not for the people it 
"pretended to serve." It was only when 
"people" became involved that legislators 
began to take notice. Protests, lawsuits, 
petitions, all became weapons against 
censorship when the media itself couldn't 
handle the issue. 

There's a reason for all this, and it's not 
the excuse given by so many journalists 
that "the conservative tide has turned 
against us." The reason is a lack of care 
and a lack of self-discipline within the 
media. After years of faking shocking 
stories, letting people read about 10 year 
old heroin addicts that were figments of 
a Pulitzer prize-winning imagination, and 



not working to stop the publication of in- 
nacurate and damaging stories, people in 
1985 continued the trend of turning their 
backs to the media as a reliable source or 
setter of trends. As one former 
newspaper editor put it "we acted like 
children, so we're being treated like 
children." 

The final outcome of this trend is what 
is most frightening today. Because when 
a medium writes off the ethical reasons 
behind its freedom of speech in search of 
better headlines, they also help write off 
the rights we all have to free speech. The 
pro-censorship forces have learned the 
lesson of the seventies and don't go after 
journalists directly. Now they go after 
easy targets like pornography as a way 
of whittling away at our rights because 
people aren't so quick to defend por- 
nography as they are to defend news ar- 
ticles or editorials. But once a person has 
participated in one form of censorship, I 
have to ask— won't it make it a little 
easier to sit idly by when those same peo- 
ple go after rights like free speech in 
newspapers. ..or the classroom. 

My point is simple— we need the media. 
The problem is we need media that are 
trustworthy and honest enough to be of 
any help in defending our rights. In 1985 
and '86 the media were to busy defending 
themselves to be of any real help in fulfill- 
ing that role. And, if the trends of the day 
continue, they may not have the chance. 



hetical 
"gazine 




UNC-G's ALTERNATIVE NE 



ontro 

V e r s y 

EWSPAPER f/ 



The 

Year 

In Review"" 




Fire in Reynolds Page 152 

Explosion '85 Page 154 

Homecoming Page 162 

Dorm Life Page 174 

WUAG Page 178 

Luminaires Page 182 



Spartan Soccer Squad 
Team Wins 3rd 
National Title 

Page 186 



Orientation; or a 
first step out of the 
frying pan 



Excited, anxiety-ridden, weather-beaten new 
students came pouring onto LINC-G's campus Satur- 
day. August 17. splashing rain everywhere. Some 
brought multiple carloads of belongings. Some 
brought moving vans and truckloads. Some new 
commuting students brought themselves with the 
intent of staying for an hour or two. But almost all 
of them were either laughing, crying, or just plain 
screaming! 

One freshman Business major said she was 
frightened. "When I saw the rain and all my dren- 
ched belongings. 1 thought this must be a sign from 
God. I knew He was trying to tell me something." 

Orientation Leaders (O.L.'s) were there to assure 
the new students, by helping them move in. that 
the rain was not a sigh of divine displeasure. The 
O.L.'s reminded them of the O.L.— student 
meetings starting at 3:00 that afternoon. At the 
three o'clock meetings, the O.L.'s attempted to give 
the new students an informative, one-hour crash 
course on everything one ever wanted to know 
about UNC-G and more. They were trying to create 
an informal, friendly atmosphere for their groups. 
They even mentioned the orientation dance taking 
place in EUC that night. 

And what a dance it was! Cohacus energized Cone 
Ballroom with ubeat top-40 sounds mixed with their 
own unique style that sent everyone rocking, 
twisting and smoothly jamming. The band charm- 
ed the crowd with liits like "Purple Rain" and 
"Fresh" while UNC-G students m.ingled. After the 
music stopped at 1:00 a.m., everyone went home 
in the rain. 

"I really had a good time at the dance," said 
Michele Twaddell. a freshman P.E. major. 
"Everyone seemed so excited. It made us feel more 
comfortable with UNC-G." 



The rain changed Sunday's afternoon orientation 
program slightly. Instead of taking students on the 
originally planned Piney Lake excursion, buses 
carried UNC-G students to Four Seasons Mall and 
then back to campus. Piney Lake would have to wait 
until Wednesday. 

Sunday evening's orientation schedule was not 
drastically changed, however. The evening started 
off with the Chancellor's convocation held inside 
Aycock Auditorium, followed by the almost tradi- 
tional O.L. skit that revealed a few UNC-G survival 
techniques. After the skit, the O.L.'s led the au- 
dience to the semi-annual outdoor block party which 
was held in Cone Ballroom, this year because of (sur- 
prise!) more rain. But moving the block party in- 
doors did not make it any less fantastic, not when 
there were UNC-G students ready to get down! 

Disc jockey Goodnight Charlie kept everyone mov- 
ing by playing a variety of music from the funkiest 
soul to the hardest rock. Cone Ballroom was pack- 
ed with new students, along with early-arriving up- 
perclassmen and a few potential future students 
from Greensboro's high schools. 

The weekend's parties were fun, displaying a sam- 
ple of irNC-G's social life, but reality should have 
been dawning on the new students Monday morn- 
ing. The orientation program began preparing them 
for Thursday's classes. O.L.'s were seen giving their 
groups campus tours at 9;00 a.m. Students went 
from their tour groups to a mandatory study skills 
workshop. Students who had not preregistered 
learned where and how to register to avoid being 
totally lost in Wednesday's registration lines. 

Monday afternoon, O.L.'s, with volunteering 
faculty members, gave their orientation groups a 
sense of how classes would be Thursday and Fri- 
day. Monday evening, students hiked out to the log 



cabin above the golf course to the Games Fair where 
they played games like soccer, volleyball and even 
had sack races. Then they headed towards Cone 
Ballroom to see the movie Footloose. 

The O.L.'s met their groups one last time to 
answer any last-minute questions. Students then 
met with their faculty advisors and went to select 
workshops. 

UNC-G bookstore lines seemed miles long, filled 
with people rushing to get their books before Thurs- 
day. The entire misty Tuesday afternoon was spent 
getting ready for the next three days. But students 
were able to relax or party— indoors— Tuesday 
night. That's right; it rained that night. 

Wednesday's class registration process ran fair- 
ly smoothly. Students had most of the day free to 
enjoy the few remaining hours left before Thurs- 
day officially started. The Piney Lake excursion had 
been cancelled because of rain, but the campus was 
still full of on-going parties and activities. 

The people who had been active in directing the 
orientation program were able to breathe a sigh of 
relief, their task done. They would never really 
know how successful they had been in welcoming 
and preparing the new students. 

Michele Twaddell commented on how she felt dur- 
ing the transition from orientation to the first week 
of classes. "When we first got here, everything was 
easy. It was like one big party. But when classes 
got here, boy, were we surprised. Those classes hit 
us hard." 

One wonders how many other new students 
shared Twaddell's reaction and how many had the 
•opposite reaction, and w'ere prepared. One also 
wonders how crucial that reaction was to their 
success. 

Sheila Bowling 



The Fire in Reynolds: 

A Near Tragedy that Became a 

Big Headache for Residents 




It was Sunday evening, September 8, at approx- 
imately 10:50 p.m. Sherri Leonard, a junior Interior 
Design major, had come from the second floor of 
Cone Hall to visit Wendy Helms, a junior Medical 
Technology major, on third floor of Reynolds Hall. 
They were watching the pilot for ABC's new prime- 
time series. Lady Blue, when the fire alarm 
sounded. 

Wendy and Sherri were more annoyed than 
alarmed when they heard the noise. After all, 
Reynolds had had several fire alarms go off the 
previous week. So, after Wendy and Sherri descend- 
ed the fire escape, they went to the front of 
Reynolds instead of the back. In order to do so, they 
crossed over the patio under the building. Wendy 
explained to Sherri that if there had been a real fire 
they should not have crossed the patio, because the 
fire could cause the dorm to fall on them. 

However, Wendy and Sheri soon found out that 
there was a real fire. As soon as they reached the 
front of the building, they saw a few people poin- 
ting up. As they walked closer, they saw an orange 
glow four stories above them. When molten glass 
splattered down from the window towards them, 
Wendy and Sherri ran. 

"I was scared to death!" said Wendy Helms. "I 
had never experienced anything like this before." 

WTien the initial shock of the fire died down, Wen- 
dy and Sherri stood by and watched the flames 
flicker past Reynolds' roof. The flames were pur- 
ple. They were amazed at the speed and intensity 
of the fire. The people in the crowd around Reynolds 
were filled with mixed emotions as they observed 
the police confirm the fire's existence and then 
notify the fire department. 

"Wendy thought it took the firemen forever to 
arrive on the scene and extinguish the fire. She was 
worried about her belongings," said Sherri Leonard. 
There were other people who felt the same way, but 
it took the fire trucks a relatively short time to get 
there and only about four minutes to extinguish the 
fire. I went to Cone to get my camera right after 
they got there, and when I came back, the fire was 
out." 

After the fire department left, Wendy and the 
other Reynolds residents numbly trailed into the 
cafeteria, where they were provided with Itza piz- 
za and hot chocolate. Residence Life officials also 
distributed blankets to all of them. Wendy went 
back to Sherri's dorm room and camped out. She 
felt fortunate that she could go to Sherri's room 
when she considered that some of Reynolds 
residents spent the night in the cafeteria. 

Later Wendy and Sherri found out the fire was 
sparked by a candle. Wendy's room did not receive 
any of the $25,000 worth of damage that the fire 
caused. She was lucky. She got to go back to her 
room the next day. Others were not so lucky. They 
did not go back to their rooms to live until two 
months later. 

Sheila Bowling 



Fall Election Enthusiasm Brings 
Hope to Apathy-ridden Campus 



5he-ilaL 
SHEILA 

sheila. 

Sheila 

Sheila 
Powhn 




boulinQ 

■the nftwe 

for UhB 

represerthVivej 




September's fall elections were a sur- 
prise to nearly everyone involved. Nor- 
mally a boring affair with only a few 
senate seats being contested, the fall elec- 
tion became a hotbed of contention with 
the elections of freshman class officers 
yielding half the action. 

Freshman class president candidates 
had their posters up the day campaign- 
ing began. Michelle Saito, Catherine Con- 
stantinou, and a pseudonoymous "Fred" 
blanketed the campus witli flyers featur- 
ing everything from Garfield to Mr. T 
promoting the presidential hopefuls. 
Many student government members 
were frankly amazed at how "they're do- 
ing more work to be freshman class presi- 
dent than the student body president had 
to do last spring." 

For the first time in some years, 
students put up posters to campaign for 
the University Media Board at large posi- 
tions. Dariush Shafagh, Sheila Bowling 
and Ian McDowell won the three board 
seats while Gary Ceritto cruised to an 
unopposed victory as UMB chairperson. 

While the vigor shown in the increas- 
ed campaign effort boded well for future 
elections, it alone is not enough, said SG 
president Mike Stewart. According to 
Stewart, getting students involved and 
active in a meaningful way was one of the 
main reasons behind the new SG 
constitution. 



t. 






o^ 



.\ 





In many ways, UNC-G's Explosion '85 
shaped up as some sort of bizarre mix of 
a party and an audition, as participants 
in many of the university's student 
organizations lined College Avenue with 
tables, posters & people promoting their 
activities to passuig students. And while 
a festive mood was created by laughter, 
pranks, and even a juggling group, there 
remained a serious side to the event as 
many of the gr(jups realized they needed 
those students they were conversing with 
to become involved with more than just 
talking. So while balloons passed out by 
members of Elliott Center Council sail- 
ed away to catch in the trees overhead 
and people hammed it up for 
photographers, some very serious deal- 
ing was going on. 



The mastermind of Explosion, Student 
Affairs' JoAnna Iwata, organized the 
event just a year before but found the se- 
cond Explosion to be "very successful." 
She added that "I would have like to see 
a few more groups represented, but I 
think the ones we have out here are a 
good cross section." Indeed, a quick 
glance down the rows of tables revealed 
everything from Greeks to Baptists and 
Political Science to Science Fiction. 
Seated behind the Student Government 
table at the event, UNC-G Senator 
Denise Wallington took time out from ex- 
plaining Senate to interested students to 
say, "I think it's a good example of how 
things should go. ..with people actually 
getting involved." 

As for the students who took the time 
to browse the tables on the way to and 



from class, their reactions ranged 
everywhere from "pretty ridiculous" to 
"very enlightening" and "I can't believe 
I just saw Charles Davis walk by with a 
balloon." Standing at the EUC and Stu- 
dent Affairs table set up by the EUC 
steps. Dean of Stutlents Cliff Lowery said 
he was happy to "see so many students 
and so many faculty taking the time to 
stop by," as he helped hand out buttons 
Ijromoting the event. 

In all. the participation in Explosion '85 
made it a major mark in kicking off the 
new school year on a positive note. Ac- 
cording to at least one student "it lets you 
know that at least some of the people who 
say there's nothing to do here aren't real- 
ly looking." 

—Mark Corum 



IfflB m'^mrw^.i ,,T 



m 




When your car disappears 



My car isn't there. 

I'd just walked halfway from Cot- 
ten Dorm to the gym parking lot, on- 
ly to realize I'd left my keys in my 
room. So, I'd trudged back through 
the late November rain, gritting my 
teeth in the face of the chill, wet wind. 
Then, just as I was leaving the dorm, 
I decided that I really ought to lock 
my room, so I went charging back up 
the steps. A little too fast, it turned 
out, for I slipped and bruised a knee. 
My room secured, I limped back 
downstairs and out into the in- 
hospitable weather. Five minutes 
later, I find myself searching the 
parking lot where I thought I'd left 
my car. 

O.K., I'm getting old and the 
memory is becoming hazy. I probalby 
parked beside the library. 

No, my Starfire isn't in any of the 



"B" spaces there. Only two other 
possibilities. 

If I were somebody else, I'd punch 
myself in the face, I think as I trudge 
off to the Mclver parking lot. Nor is 
my temper improved by what I find; 
two Starfires, but neither of them is 
mine. Wonderful. 

Of course, you imbecile, I think; you 
parked up in the Aycock overflow lot, 
and now you've managed to get just 
about as far away from it as you can 
get and still be on campus. 

Fifteen minutes later, I find out I'm 
wrong. The lot contains a nice 
Thunderbird, a Volkswagen, and a 
battered Ford, but no Starfire. Ouch. 

It dawns on me that my car has 
either been stolen or towed. I almost 
hope it's stolen; that way I can just 
report it to the police and not worry 
about it for a while. I really didn't 



need to go out to Ki'oger's anyway. 

When I check the gym lot again, I 
notice the single state-owned vehicles 
place. Now that wasn't there last 
semester, was if? How long has it 
been there'.' More importantly, did I 
park there last night, when it was 
foggy'? I walk up to the space. The 
restricted parking sign is atop a very 
tall post. If you were actually parked 
there, it would be above your line of 
sight. And I'd been used to parking 
there for all of the fotu' previous years 
I've been on campus. I'll bet I pulled 
in there last night without thinking. 

The woman in the campus police of- 
fice cheerfully tells me that I did, and 
gives me my ticket, towing invoice, 
and the address of the tow lot. "They 
take MasterCard and VISA," she 
adds helpfully. 

So does the Mafia, I feel like saying. 
—Ian McDowell 



1963 - 1986 




UNC-G's Hyphen Takes a Hike 



Its the kind of thing we tend not to 
think about until its gone - something so 
basic and everyday that it becomes a part 
of the wallpaper. At UNC-G, we began 
1986 with something our university will 
probably never have again - a piece of our 
history from 23 years ago when our 
school became co-educational and drop- 
ped the "Woman's College" moniker it 
had so long and proudly held. 

History will record 1986 as the "year 
we lost our hyphen." UNC-G was no 
longer UNC-G - it was now UNCG follow- 
ing a proclaimation in January. 

Needless to say, the news made the 
front page of the Greensboro Daily News 
even though it was ignored by our own 
campus newspaper. Only Residence 
Life's Today cm Campus newsletter an- 
nounced the change to the students, who 
seemed at first to take it in stride. 

Then, as one residence life official put 
it, "the radicals latched onto it." Im- 
mediately rumours about "save the 
hyphen campaigns" began to circulate 



and people began drafting letters to the 
Chancellor waxing poetic about the 
shame of "losing one's hyphen at such a 
young age." Whether those campaigns or 
letters will ever get anywhere - or even 
just get off the ground - is academic. 
UNCG's hyphen was caught in the wave 
of the future - growth and modernization. 
Administrators say the reason is con- 
sistancy, since the official UNCG logo 
hasn't ever contained the hyphen, and be- 
ing current with trends. Other North 
Carolina universities, it seems, don't use 
their hyphens anymore. That goes for 
UNCC, UNCW, and UNCA - and, as of 
1986. UNCG. 

So, with the passing of our old friend 
the hyphen, we should reflect for a mo- 
ment on just why it disappeared. Its 
banishment is, at once, a statement on 
the minimalism of our day and the lack 
of importance we place on history. Its loss 
was not sudden or unheralded, since our 
own bookstore had been selling UNCG 
shirt sans hyphen for almost three years. 



But the student body seemed strangely 
apathetic on this matter - choosing to 
wear the newfangled shirts without once 
thinking they were part of an ongoing 
conspiracy. We passed them everyday 
until UNCG became as much a part of the 
scenery as our old UNC-G. At that point 
the battle was lost. 

History will record 1986 as the year we 
lost our hyphen, this is true. It is only sad 
that such an event did not carry with it 
a sudden maturation or change in outlook 
towards the world on the part of the new 
L'NCG. Once all the UNC-G shirts, UNC- 
G team uniforms, and UNC-G stationery 
are gone, our hyphen will fade into 
history - a dim memory from the past to 
be puzzled over in the future by the same 
sort of people who wonder who the 
Mclver statue is "of" and who the Jar- 
rell Lecture hall is named after. The 
hyphen will hopefully be remembered as 
a bridge to our past - a bridge which has 
now been burned once and for all. 

Mark A. Corum 



Registration: 

The Joys of Standing in Line 




"In Hell," says the balding 
graduate student in front of me, "you 
have to stand in line." 

Maybe so, maybe no, but you cer- 
tainly do have to do it dm-ing registra- 
tion. Even if you're not actually get- 
ting registered; I just want to pay a 
traffic fine in the cashier's office, but 
I have to wait on all the people pay- 
ing off their tuition. I do notice, 
though, that the line for deferred 
payments is very short, almost non- 
existent, even. Good, I think; when I 
register tomorrow afternoon and sign 
my deferrment form, I won't have to 
wait. 

Wrong. The next day the cashier's 
line doesn't extend outside of the 
room, but the deferred payments line 



extends out through Mossman and 
twists back on itself like an arthritic 
snake. A few not-so-quiet obscenities 
escape my lips, causing the waiting 
parents of some hapless new 
freshman to frown at me. I should be 
embarassed, but I'm not. Sod them, 
I think uncharitably. 

Registration brings out the worst in 
people. 

Lines bring out the worst in some 
people. "Whenever I'm in a line like 
this," says one fellow waiting near the 
end, "I begin to sympathize with the 
maniacs who go up on tall buildings 
with high-powered rifles. Put me in 
a room and make me wait behind a lot 
of people, and I start wanting them 
all to die. Painfully." Right. Surrep- 



titiously, I edge away from him. 

Two other students, both bespec- 
tacled, male, and stocky, have a 
theory. "The Russians are behind all 
this," says one with a pronounced 
Jersey accent. "Think about it. You 
stand in line for hours in hours. Final- 
ly, you end up face to face with some 
petty clerk or bureaucrat, who 
humiliates you for a few minutes 
before sending you to stand in 
another line for another four or five 
hours. We're being indoctrinated. 
This way, when the Soviets actually 
take over, we won't notice; we'll 
already be used to living under their 
system." 

The scary thing is, I think he's 
right. 

—Ian McDowell 



H O M E C O M 



DANCIN' IN ■ 



OCTOBER 23 (WEDNESDAY) 

700.900pm "Feats in the Streets" Activities College Ave. 



All organizations are invited to participate in an evening of 
fun and frolic on College Avenue. Group competition in 
relays and obstacle courses will be highlighted. Special prize 
will be awarded to the group which receives the highest score 
in the contest, (cancel if rain) 



OCTOBER 24 (THURSDAY) 

4°°-63opm Reception (Adult Students) Alderman 

4^0-6^°pm Greek Show Park Gym 

7°°pm Mo\j\e: Animal House JLH 

8°°-9°°pm Lip Synch Competition: Cone 
"Puttin' On the Lips" 



\J SPONSORED BY EUC COUNCIL 



B 



OCTOE 

9o°-5°°pm Homecomi 
Elections 
11°°-2°0pm Commuter 
(sponsored 
4oo-6oopm Social Hou 
6^°pm Movie: Ani 

8°°pm Pep Rally 

930- 1230am Block Parti 



V 



1 



D o n' t 



1 N G 19 8 5 


IE STREETS 








OCTOBER 26 (SATURDAY) 




11 30am 


Alumni Barbecue "Tent" (Field) 


^// 


1o°pm 


Parade 


i 


200pm 


Soccer Game: UNC-G vs. Soccer Field 
Winthrop College 




400pm 


Alumni Post Game Bash Log Cabin 




400-600prT 


1 Picnic College Avenue 


25 (FRIDAY) 


800- 1230am Semi-Formal Dance Cone 


ueen/Court EUC and 




(with live band) 


Dining Halls 






ent Deli Cone 






SA) 






G.I.F." Benbow 






House JLH 




OCTOBER 27 (SUNDAY) 


College Ave. 


10«am 


Campus Ministries: "In St. Mary's House 


College Ave. 




Touch'" Ecumenical Service 




200pm 


Student Forum: "World Alderman 


\ A^ 




Issues" 


* ^ 


300pm 


Movie: Animal House JLH 


700pm 


Movie: Animal House JLH 


'A 


800pm 


Cultural Night/Spaghetti St. Mary's House 




Dinner (sponsored by Associ- 




ation of Women Students) 


1 s s it! 



■jC^ 



«l 



'M#'-«iai 



,v|-.*V^^ 




Coming up the stairwell, I notice 
that there's a hole in the wall where 
the third floor extension used to be. 
Puzzled, I ask the summer R.A. what 
gives. 

He sighes ruefully. "Didn't you 
hear, man'? They're taking out all the 
phones in the dorm. By the time the 
fall semester starts there'll just be the 
one at the desk, and it will only have 
one line. The receptionist won't even 
be allowed to page you unless it's an 
emergency." 

I am genuinely dumbfounded. 
"Why on earth did they do that?" 

He shrugs. "Maybe the university's 
taking kickbacks from Southern Bell 
to make us all buy private phones. I 
don't know. It just seems like every 
semester there's one more 
inconvenience." 

Those sentiments were pretty much 
echoed by all the returning students 
last Fall. Many were irritated by the 
inconvenience; even more were 
angered by the fact that the univer- 
sity did not tell them about the 
changeover until they returned, even 
though some residence hall staff 
members had evidently known about 
it since the first summer session. 

Residence Life's side of the story 
was given prominent coverage in the 
Carolinian during the first few weeks 
of school. The reasons for their ac- 
tions were not unexpected; rising 
costs of university telephone service, 
plus the expense of wiring all dorm 
rooms for private phones, had created 
the need to save money somewhere, 
and this option was considered to the 
least of several possible evils. 

And so, the upshot of it all is that 
I have a phone in my room for the 
first time in four years. It's more con- 
venient, I suppose, than running 
downstairs for pages or going door to 
door borrowing quarters for the pay 
phone. The monthly bills aren't all 
that much, and at least the universi- 
ty was able to convince Southern Bell 
not to charge the usual exorbitant 
deposit. If I wasn't spending fifteen 
or twenty dollars a month on a phone, 
I'd probably be spending it on alcohol 
and pizza, and my waistline doesn't 
need that. 

I haven't actually reached out and 
touched anyone yet, but anything is 
jMissible. 

—Ian McDowell 




Picking A Bone 
About the Phone 



Raisin Bran Scores Touchdown 
In Varsity Sport of the Mind 




With a 345 to 175 victory over the 
Pi Kappa Phi team, Raisin Bran, con- 
sisting of Mark A. Corum, David 
Pugh, Ian McDowell and Tim 
Blankenship, became the 1985-86 Col- 
lege Bowl champions. 

Wearing red ties as a symbol of 
solidarity, the team managed to keep 
their cool in the face of heated com- 
petition. Unlike the final matches in 
previous years, the contest was con- 
ducted in a polite and dignified man- 
ner. No blows or obscenities were 
exchanged. 



Questions in various fields, ranging 
from Jacobean revenge tragedy to 
quantum physics, helped Raisin Bran 
maintain an increasing lead after a 
tight first half. 

Captain McDowell and team 
member Blankenship had both cap- 
tained winning teams in previous 
years. It was a first victory for Pugh 
and Corum, but without their combin- 
ed knowledge of recent American 
history, movies, physics and 
astronomy, Raisin Bran would not 
have fared so well. 



The team went through many 
names, including The Flying But- 
tresses, Four Characters in Search of 
Cocaine, and Large Bloody Chunks. 
Each name had its partisans, and the 
final choice was arrived at in a spirit 
of disgusted compromise. 

After the match. College Bowl coor- 
dinator and game moderator Bruce 
Harshbarger presented the winners 
with offical championship polo shirts. 

Team member Corum said, "That 
was truly excellent, I must say." 

Dawn Ellen Nubel & 
Ian McDowell 



Home Sweet Home or Hovel Sweet Hovel 

Two Views of Dorm Life 



UNC-G has been called a "suitcase 
college" and a "commuter school" for 
as long as people can remember. And, 
with more than half its students liv- 
ing off campus and a large number of 
dorm students going home each 
weekend or travelling to party havens 
like Chapel Hill for a good time, those 
are monikers destined to hang on for 
a long time to come. Still, our cam- 
pus does have 22 dorms (though two, 
North and South Spencer were both 
closed for part of the year for renova- 
tions) that house literally thousands 
of students. For some of those 
students, their dorm room is a home 
away from home and for others their 
only home. Student's views on their 
own dorm life vary almost as widely 
as concepts of heaven and hell. 

For Linda, a freshman hoping to 
major in home economics, her room 



in one of UNC-G's high rise dorms 
was a Godsend. "I was scared to 
death coming here," she says. "But 
since a lot of the other girls in here 
are new too we kinda got it all 
together at the same time. Me and my 
roommate put up curtains and posters 
and it (her room) came out even nicer 
than my room at home. Really, when 
I went home to my own room I 
thought of getting back to school to 
my 'real' room." 

At the other extreme, a sophomore 
in Guilford Hall (who asked not to be 
named) had stronger feelings about 
his dorm. "This place sucks," he said 
as he made his way one Saturday 
morning down a hallway strewn with 
broken beer bottles and skirted a pool 
of vomit just outside the bathroom 
door. "People talk about dorms being 
homey— but I'd hate to see any home 



like this." Between the mess, the 
often deafening roar of stereo war- 
fare, and the frequent fire alarms in 
the wee hours of the morning, he 
found only one reason to stay in the 
dorm after living there his first 
semester— "If I get an apartment 
they won't give me my housing 
deposit back at Residence Life." 

While Residence Directors and 
Assistants (RD's and RA's) hoped for 
Linda's experience to be the norm, 
the actual life in dorms usually fell 
between these extremes. Few 
students didn't have days when they 
wanted to kill their roomate, move 
out and never come back, or hang the 
idiot who pulled off a false fire alarm 
that got them and their friends out of 
a warm bed and into a freezing driz- 
zle at 2 am. On the other hand, dorm 
life gave most people at least a few 





li^^^rT '^v ^^^K 


^ 




J 


^^B^B t i j^H 


^^fi/l \ 




^H' 


m 


m 






w 


■ 


■ 


J 








Robinson 



close friends within a couple of doors 
down to talk with, watch TV with, or 
just beg from for change for the 
washing machine. 

According to many RA's, students 
in the dorms took the time to come 
to them with their problems and get 
help because there was someone 
available right "down the hall." The 
amount of counseling being done by 
RA's and RD's has even prompted 
some to think that people with that 
kind of background should be given 
those jobs— especially in light of the 
number of students who expressed as 
a major complaint that their RA's and 
RD's always seemed to be out doing 
something else when they were 
needed. 

On the whole, the view of dorm life 
held by residents varied not only from 
person to person, but from dorm to 
dorm. Guilford and Strong maintain- 
ed their "hell dorm" status, high rise 
dorms gained a reputation as sorori- 
ty havens, and Coit as the "porn 
palace" after a strip show was held 
in their basement. 

The almost patriotic dorm na- 
tionalism instilled in residents by the 
RD's in some dorms led to outright 
wars. The Guilford/Mary Foust Con- 
flict that went through stages of 
threats, theft, toilet papering, and 
even the hanging of an innocent pic- 
nic table by guerilla Guilfordites was 
perhaps the most visible— but the 
much shrewder battle between 
graduate dorm Gotten and co-ed Coit 
was also notable. One Coit resident 
put in blunt terms - "all they are is 
a bunch of stuck-up bookworms that 
spend all their time in their rooms and 
the library. So we blast our stereos 
just to wake 'em out of their coma." 
The Gotten response was simply to 
"call up campus security and have 
them turn in down for us." This route 
was taken more than once. 

The monotony of dorm existance 
was broken by controversy over the 
new telephone system, a fire in 
Reynold's Hall, an unprecedented 
rash of false alarms following it, and 
Residence Life sending notes to all 
students saying that they had decid- 
ed to hike their rent halfway through 
the fall semester. However, the places 
remained the same and only the peo- 
ple provided tiny moments of light. 
Mark A. Corum 




STUDY 
HALL 
OR 
TOMB? 



Charley, a short, acerbic EngUsh Ma- 
jor who hved in Gotten last year, had the 
theory that graduate students were just 
waiting to die. "We're different from the 
undergrads," he used to say. "They're 
still capable of hope. We know better." 

His mordant outlook may be unique, 
but many of the residents would agree 
that life in Gotten is different from that 
in other dorms. 

It's even quieter than last year," says 
one small, ruddy-featured guitar major. 
"Last year, we had Party-boy Pulley and 
Pughman the Subhuman and the God- 
father and the other crazy foreigners. 
Those were some real party animals. 
Even then, though, it was the quietest 
dorm I've ever seen. Now that all those 
guys have graduated or gotten apart- 
ments, it's almost a tomb." 

The appropriate place, really, for peo- 
ple who are just waiting to die, Charley 
would add if he were present. 

Actually, there is some life in the place 
from time to time. That sometimes sur- 
prises undergraduates. I still remember 
the happy occassion three years ago, 
when we discovered some dorm funds re- 
mained unspent in late April. Some peo- 
ple suggested we buy a computer ter- 
minal; Charley circulated a petition sug- 
gesting we spend the money on a horse 
and chainsaw (the reason for those two 
items being paired remained unclear). 
Eventually, cooler heads prevailed, and 
we decided to have a pig picking and 
blowout hot tub party. At that time, the 
graduate dorm was South Spencer, and 
the party ended up being held in back of 
the dorm, not too far from Spartan din- 
ing hall. As we gorged on steaming pig 
and lukewarm beer, only to immerse our 
bloated bodies in the huge tub, we were 
greeted by envious stares from people 
entering the dining hall. "Hey, you guys 



aren't supposed to have fun," someone 
yelled, "you're grad studentsl" 

Even then, though, the dorm was pret- 
ty sedate, and it's become even more 
serious-minded each year since, especially 
after everyone was relocated to Gotten. 
Which isn't always a bad thing. 

Not too long ago, I was visiting a friend 
in an undergraudate men's dorm. Ratt 
and AC/DC seemed to be having a battle 
of the bands from opposite ends of the 
hall. Pizza cartons and gnawed crusts lit- 
tered the floor. Someone seemed to be 
managing the difficult trick of screaming 
and laughing at the same time. It was in- 
vigorating for the short time I was there, 
but I could imagine it all getting very old 
fast. 

Sometimes tombs aren't such bad 
places. 

If the place seems quiet, it's because a 
lot of the students have to spend most of 
their time elsewhere. Most have 
assistantships; few Master's degrees or 
doctorates are financed by mom and dad. 
The residents tend to get up early and 
work most of the day and then, if they 
don't have night classes, and most do, 
spend the better part of the evening in 
the library. 

Also, the students tend to be older. 
Last summer, the average age was pro- 
bably thirty-five. During the regular 
academic year it probably comes down to 
twenty-seven or twenty -eight, but that's 
still a decade older than the average in 
some dorms. 

All of which means that people tend to 
be responsible and considerate. Good 
qualities, those; they make up for the 
sometimes oppressive calm. Sometimes 
only the fact that you have to trudge 
down a public hallway to get to the 
bathroom reminds you you're in a dorm. 
—Ian McDowell 




Life in Gotten Hall: 
The Graduate Center 



a • • 1 1 



Day and Night at the Music 106 





Indies are burning brightly in dorm rooms across campus. It ii 
1 December and dozens of students are grinding out research papers and ( 
ling for exams. And across camous. an unseen frienrf is V<.»r,in<, th^m 



cord to end. 
on the Music 106," the young man says 
. 5t, here are the Psychedelic Furs. If you 
ore requests, just give me a call at 379-5450." The phone rings; 
anotner tired voice wants to hear a song for inspiration, something to fortify 
him for his final attack on an overdue paper. The young man tells the C"""' 

he'll take care of it and gently pu*- **■» — "= — '-— '- ~ "- J' 

Across campus, lights start dii" 
But back in Taylor, the young m 

"• ading the liner notes of albums and waiting for"the sun to rise. And as 
y as it does, the young man will still be there, playing the music we the 
students, want to hear. 
^ WUAG-FM is the campus radio station here at UNC-G. It is on the air 24 

""■" ' 'iig the Greater Greensboro community. There is a real sense 

ition's downstairs studios and it's the™ for tu,n ont;™!,. 



mBSBM 




MtiffiffWliiWiaB 



portant thing you < 



In this Ught, WUAG appears to be a training ground for careers in the broad- 



T,M.ifiimiwii|ifl. SM fa 



tions and Thea 
munity. Itworl 
airwaves of tomorrow. 

Nighttime: 

"The radio was magic to 



Sm^m 



gi 



lal than its daytime counterpart. The at- 
. And despite the fact that WUAG's airstaff pro- 
folks who come on at night, especially late night, 



"The I 
and Conu,.u.m 

Other jocks e 
king of late night college radi 






liimffliwSHS 



"^bf 



iio staff involved and for the 

1 you hear it first on WUAG, you'U 



-David Pugh 



The 

Moravian 

Lovefeast 

UNC-G's Opener 
for the Holiday 
Season 





More than 600 students, faculty and 
members of the Greensboro com- 
munity gathered in UNC-G's Cone 
Ballroom December 2nd and 3rd to 
celebrate a festival of lights and song 
as participants in the 22nd Annual 
UNC-G Moravian Lovefeast. 

"I didn't know what do expect," 
said Todd Green - an eight year-old 
brought to his first Lovefeast this 
Christmas season. "But I think its 
pretty." 

As general as Todd's impression 
may have been, it is indeed one of the 
mainstays of the Lovefeast. Fighting 
against outside claims that the feast 
- in its presentation of a Christian 
message and hymns - violated the 
spirit of the separation of church and 
state, administration members asked 
those giving the "message" at the 
two nights of ceremonies to look for 
a more "universal focus" in what they 
said. As Rev. Ron Moss (of Wesley- 
Luther House) led the Monday 
festival and Father Jack Campbell (of 
the University Catholic Center) the 



Tuesday event, it became evident that 
the festival was indeed swinging to 
the "universal" more than in years 
past. 

With song as a major portion of the 
feast, the contributions of the groups 
who led in the singing were very im- 
portant to the success of the enter- 
prise. The Neo-Black Society Gospel 
Choir, the UNC-G SjTnphonic Chorus, 
EUC Council, Inter-Fraternity and 
Intersority Councils, the Residence 
Halls Association all deserve special 
notice for their efforts - as well as 
Hillel, the campus' Jewish students' 
group, who were what many saw as 
both an unexpected and important 
part of the "unity" of the festival. 

A staple at UNC-G since 1963, the 
Feast in reality had its basis in the 
Moravian church, which adopted the 
Festival stressing the breaking of 
bread and unity in 1727. Thus, the 
"Moravian star" figured prominent- 
ly in the ceremony. It was, however, 
the lighting of the candles by each 
participant during the ceremony 



which was the climax of the solemn 
occassion. And as those participants 
wandered out on the campus to 
return to their dorms, cars, and 
homes while trying to keep the wind 
from snuffing out their candles, they 
foreshadowed the Reading Day 
Luminaires display that would soon 
follow. Those candles moved out, tiny 
lights along the sidewalks, until one 
by one they disappeared from view. 
"When I came to the Festival I 
thought it would be just a social or 
something - or maybe a church ser- 
vice," said one student as she hurried 
back to the library after the Festival. 
"But it wasn't. It was just a lot of peo- 
ple getting together to enjoy 
something beautiful. Sure, I heard 
people talking about how it was 
wrong, and how it violated students 
rights, but I can't help but think that 
something as beautiful as that was 
couldn't have done anything but 
help." 

Mark A. Corum 



The Luminaires: 

Our Festival of Lights 



n § i i • J 


^NNi 


^^Mi^^^BP 


....v'^iy 



lie nil «>' 




^Nt%i 



> 



^aSifH*- 



k 



Nine floors of the library amounts 
to little more than a hundred-and-fifty 
feet - but from the roof it might as 
well be the view from another world. 
Especially at night. 

The occasion was the December 
10th Luminaires display when various 
campus groups worked together to 
literally blanket the campus with 
small candles placed inside white 
paper bags. The result, once the lights 
of the campus were extinguished, was 
astonishing. Because from the top of 
the library they are all you can see. 



The familiar landmarks of the campus 
are reduced to a connect-the-dots puz- 
zle of lights with barely visible, almost 
ghostly figures of people wandering 
around among them like small 
creatures caught in a maze. 

It makes one wonder to see such a 
sight, even once a year. Even when 
it is expected, even scheduled, it isn't 
expected. Not when you can't hear 
the bustle of people walking around 
kicking the bags over - or the horns 
of the cars tracking slowly through 
campus carrying parents, local 



families and other sightseers. There 
are no drunken songs, no loud boom 
boxes, no mischevious news reporters 
trying to turn candles in bags into a 
live feed for the 11 o'clock news. On- 
ly lights stretching out in patterns 
that are familiar and yet unrecogniz- 
ed in the light of day. 

In the midst of the blazing lights of 
Greensboro, our campus is for one 
day a year an island of sanity. At least 
it seems that way from the right 
perspective. Only an occasional flame 
from a burning bag that has been 



' >< ^iK »' ^ ^ ; ^»r ^- ^Hy^i^^^^^ar^ 



:• iv-*?r*^ 



H'=^ 



I.HI , ,„ 



«H ; 




kicked over tells otherwise. 

On the way down from the roof I 
see there are lines of people on the 9th 
floor waiting to press their faces 
against the glass and look out for a 
moment before being pushed back out 
of the way by more eager lookers. 
They don't know what they've 
missed. 

On the ground, the same is true. 
Loud music from the dorms fills the 
air, people run around like skiers 
slaloming around the candles until 



they mis-step, and only an few 
isolated couples seem to be enjoying 
the event in the spirit inwhich it was 
intended. The crowds of dusk are 
thinning, heading back to dorms and 
homes to study for the first round of 
exams the next day, as a sudden mass 
of faculty and administrators comes 
out of the alumni house the the recep- 
tion there to catch the last of the 
show. Already, the four-hour candles 
are burning out and holes abound the 
carefully wrought patterns. 



At eleven, the lights come back on 
and the show is reduced to a jungle 
of sand-filled paper bags strewn over 
the campus. As students go about 
their studies in lighted dorms, the 
same volunteers from Alpha Phi 
Omega, EUC Council, the Neo-Black 
Society, and Gamma Sigma Sigma 
take to the streets and stack the re- 
mains into piles that can be picked up 
by the cleaning crews in the morning. 

So many good things seem to end 
up that way, it seems. Here and gone 
before you've noticed. 

Mark A. Corum 



i#*^ 9 



:e ^ i i 



Victory in St. Louis: 

Spartans win Championship 




Saint Louis on Sunday, December 
8, 1985 saw the realization of a UNC- 
G soccer fan's dream. Saturday's 
practice had been unpromising, as the 
players stumbled about on a cold, 
hard, and slippery field, but the 
temperature had risen that evening, 
held all night, and now the sun was 
burning off the patchy cloud cover. It 
turned out to be a perfect day for both 
the fans in the stands and the Spar- 
tans on the field. By game time, for- 
ty banner-wielding, hand-clapping, 
and cheer-shouting Spartan sup- 
porters were surrounded by approx- 



imately 2,100 others, all of whom ex- 
pected a close and tense game. 

The Spartans gained control of the 
ball immediately with the first shot on 
the Washington University goal in 
under one minute and the first ball 
netted, by Andrew Mehalko, in less 
than ten minutes. This early score 
psyched the Spartans for more and 
pressured the Bears to be prepared. 

UNC-G continued to dominate play 
and Mehalko scored a second goal 
with 22.29 remaining in the first half. 
According to the Bears' coach, Joe 
Carenza, this was the critical goal. 



"We were also starting and then they 
were up by two goals." Coach Parker 
had also anticipated this to be a one- 
goal match, but the Spartans had on- 
ly begun. 

Following a tripping violation on 
the Bears, Mehalko scored a spec- 
tacular number three off a direct kick 
from twenty-two yards, over the 
heads of six Washington University 
defenders, and beyond goalkeeper 
John Konsek's reach. Willie Lopez 
scored the final goal of the half with 
less than two minutes remaining. The 
Spartans were well on their way to 



the title and to the pages of the record 
books. 

The first half excitement quieted 
during the second half, as Bears fans 
sat in awe or in silent meditation and 
the Spartan fans began to lose their 
voices. The Spai'tan players, however, 
would not quit. Though there had 
been some arm waving interaction 
between the Spartan players and 
their support group during the first 
half, the second half brought a lot 
more as the outcome became more 
and more predictable. 

The Spartan defense had held the 
Bears to two shots during the first 
half and they continued to do so 
throughout the second half. The Spar- 
tans proceeded to dominate play 
against a very discouraged but deter- 
mined Washington U. squad. 
Washington U. did not have as bad 
luck in the first half, but Steve Har- 
rison did score goal number five on 
a high arching shot with 12:20 left in 
the game. 

The final score, 5—0, gave UNC-G 
its third Division III national cham- 
pionship in four years. Mehalko's 
three goals enabled him to secure the 
record of most points scored in the 
play-off games and to tie the records 
for most goals scored in a game, most 
goals scored in a tournament, and 
most points in a career. He was nam- 
ed Most Valuable Offensive Player. 
Doug Hamilton earned the award for 
Most Valuable Defensive Player and 
goalie Rich Schlentz tied the record 
for lowest number of goals allowed in 
a tournament and in a career. 

Yes, December 8, 1985 in St. Louis 
was a perfect setting for the realiza- 
tion of dreams. Many records were 
set, a title was regained and I was 
able to watch the last UNC-G soccer 
game of my college career result in 
a victory. Now that was worth travel- 
ing 800 miles in a car! 

—Jennifer Cornell 




Spartans 
Bears . . 



ieM ^ 


k ' « M 


^S^^^^^^^v^^B 


^'^wp'r \ ^ 


^■R^V 


H9H 


w^i 


';.M 


Bt^%v ^^^^1 








rT 









^^jp .'^v^VH 


~( 


-^ .^^^^R ^*K_-^^^»-- '^M^^^^H 




^ 


«^ '1|f ^H 


L>^ 


^ 







Economics Club 



The Economics Club was founded this past Fall 
(1985) by President, Donna Peters. The purpose of 
the Economics Club is to promote, encourage, and 
sustain student interest in economics and business 
related areas, and to establish closer ties between 
students and faculty in economics. 

The club sponsors discussions on current economic 
events, an annual simulation activity, workshops 
related to job search, and discussions with recent 
economic graduates. 



President: 
Secretary /Treasurer: 



Donna Peters 
Laura Bauer 



Laura Bauer 
Jane Beeson 
Laura Greene 
Robert Noble 
Rebecca Pettyjohn 
Danita Powell 
Scott Thomas 

Dilara Batca 
Phyllis Cage 
Kim Donovan 
Earl Logan 
Ann Smith 
Laurie Smith 




Media Production Club 




Randy Harris 
Sean Penn 
Mitch Dutch 
Louise Grape 
Daivd Styles 
Dr. Ben Andrew 



The Media Production Club is designed to give 
students a look at Television News production as 
well as other sides of the Communications field. 

The club video tapes many events on campus such 
as Homecoming and other atheletic events. Spring 
Fling, and various other events sponsored by cam- 
pus organizations 

President: 

Vice-President: 

Executive Producer: 

Secretary: 

Business Manager: 

Advisor: 



Jeannie Howard 
Catherine Constantinar 
Susie Hawley 
Brent Rogers 
Donna Beasley 
Kevin Bowman 
Greg Brown 
Will Plyler 
Whitley McCoy 



Tony Clark 
Anne Whitton 
Adam Alphin 
Scott Foley 
Doritha Dixon 
Jeff Smith 
Jeff Lovin 
Cynthia Clark 
Mamroe Revis 



Neo-Black 
Society 
Gospel 
Choir 





Association For Women Students 



The Association for Women Students serves as 
a support system for all UNC-G students. The pur- 
pose of the organization is to instill a sense of uni- 
ty among the women of this campus, and to help 
women explore their potential as women and people, 

AWS provides education programs concerning 
Women's issues which are designed to stimulate 
thought and discussion. Some past programs have 
included workshops on pornography awareness, 
self-defense, and automechanics. Last year, AWS 
won the Human Relations award for the film series 
entitled "Men's Lives: Roles and Choices." Some 
annual events include a Susan B. Anthony birthday 
dinner and a celebration of Women's Equality Day. 
A reception was also held for Bella Abzug by AWS 
this Fall. 

The Association welcomes men as well as women 
to get involved in the organization and to become 
interested in Women's issues. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 



Leah Griffin 
Lauren Smith 
Mindy Durranni 
Jennifer Miller 




Philosophy Club 




The purpose of the Philosophy Club is to provide 
an informal academic setting where members ma- 
discuss matters of philosophical interest with fellow 
students and members of the faculty. The 
Philosophy Club is interested in activities such as 
inviting speakers to talk and answer questions about 
philosophical topics, and holding debates or discus- 
S1I ,n groups on controversial philosophical problems. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Treasurer: 

Secretary: 



Caralea Nichols 
Dixie Sprinkle 
Lisa Mitchell 
Allison Lundy 



Katherine Pinyan 
Matt Wallace ' 
Rick Gallimore 
Margret Oliverio 
Robert Blankenship 
Al Albano 
Abe Abrams 
Inga Kear 
Frank Wimmer 
John Peele 
Frank Dale 



•V 



Karate Club 

Karate C ub i)raptir.o= t„ J "-;""^<?Ption. The 
art of seKnse '^"""' ^°- "'^ '<"'-™" 



Instructors: 

President 

Vice-President 

Secretary. 



Bob Hughes 
Dennis Plyler 
Randy Harris 
Bill Hubbert 
Tracy Banner 
Lisa Figueroa 
Ari Soeleiman 
torn Crooker 
Paul Washington 
Keith Martin 
Rachel Kranz 
Jack Panyakone 
Amy Buchenburg 



Garry Ward 
Artie Macon 
Gina Zahran 
Tom Gallager 
Donna McDaniel 



Jake Johnson 

Malinda Longphre 

Frank Dale 

Sharon Janesick 

Rod Krause 

Sean Underwood 

Jennifer Sharp 
Anthony Fincher 
Malena Bergmann 
Paul Doggett 
Sabrina Woodbury 
Jim Penny 




r' 



'4 



> 




Wesley 
Luther 
House 



The history of the Wesley-Luther House begins 
in 1930 with the Wesley Foundation of Women's 
College. Wesley House was moved to its present 
location on Walker Avenue in 1971, and in 1972, 
the Lutherans began to share the facility. 

Today, the goal of Wesley-Luther House is to 
assist students and faculty of UNC-G to discover 
and fulfill their vocations in Christ. In order to at- 
tain this goal, times for worship, study and 
fellowship are held regularly. The organization also 
has annual Fall and Spring retreats, an Ad- 
vent/Christmas celebration. Holy Week Tenebrae 
Service, and a Closing Picnic. 



President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Worship: 

Hospitality: 

Table Talk Meals: 

Programs: 

Community Life: 

Mission/Service/Outreach: 

Publicity: 

Campus Ministers: 



Nancy Murph 
Stephanie Houston 
Sandy Godfrey 
Neill Shaw 
Bill Snedden 
Shannon Outen 
David Styles 
Terry Cannon 
Jeannie Howard 
Lynda Disher 
Carol Jones 
Ron Moss 
Brady Faggart 



Sabrina Shaffer 
Kimberly Spaulding 
Pam Otte 
Kim Hicks 
Lisa Carpenter 
Elizabeth Saine 
Kelly Green 
Natalie Baker 
Jeff Woods 
Lisa Ritch 
Jean Ann Anderson 
Kelly Salyer 
Sarah McCabe 
Chuck Clark 
Beth Sanderson 
Steven Reeves 



Campus Crusade For Christ 




Campus Crusade for Christ is an international stu- 
dent movement committed to helping students 
develop a personal relationship with God through 
Jesus Christ. It was founded in 1957 at UCLA and 
now has 16,000 full-time staff ministering in 151 
countries around the world. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 



Tedd Haymore 
Annette Hemmings 
John Kuehne 
Robin Batts 



Byron Barlow 
Dave Clement 
Tricia Clememt 
Susan DeHart 
Jeanne Duncan 
Susan Frye 
Beth Howard 
Andrea Kerhoulas 
Maria Lemmons 
Susan McMasters 
Laura Orlandi 
Dacia Penley 
Diane Phillipo 
Kent Rector 
Melanie Rowell 
Dave Snider 
Cam Thompson 
Greg Vann 
Jeff Watson 
Rob White 



University Wind Ensemble 




The University Wind Ensemble performs music for 
wind ensembles in concerts both on and off campus. 
The Ensemble had a total of approximately 75 
members this year with 16 faculty members involv- 
ed as well as two graduate assistants. 



Elizabeth Saine 
Kevin Nathanson 
Pam Keen 
Mary Bullock 
Mindy Smith 
Joan Wojcieki 
Brent Register 
Camille Rathbone 
Marcie Carson 
Ron FoUas 
Marybeth Zuvich 
Mario Huggins 
Kris Wike 
Rebecca Kirby 
Darrell Parks 
Jeff Matthews 
Beth Hundley 
Stephen Arichea 
Donnette Godfrey 
Paula Ray 
Beth Fageol 
Paul Schultz 
Lois Atkinson 
Laurie Mock 
Janeen Killian 
Chris Proctor 
Penn Farr 
Jennifer Miller 
Wade Henderson 



Beth Beeson 
Barbara Hig^nutt 
Sonny Austin 
Tim Hudson 
Russ Gaffney 
Sandra Clay 
Brenda Clay 
Roger Moore 
Ray Matthews 
John Carmichael 
Tony Jones 
Tom Jenner 
David Wulfeck 
Marlon McDonald 
Andrew Wing 
Tink Ellison 
Matt Brooks 
Mark Norman 
Louanna Bishop 
Helen Rifas 
Sandra Snow 
Mike Austin 
Jon Hyde 
Chris Brown 
Erin Studstill 
Natalie Carey 
David Grubb 
Amv Edmondson 
William Keith 




The Jazz Laboratory Ensemble, composed of 16 
members, studies and performs a variety of jazz 
styles with standard instrumentation (trumpets, 
trombones, saxaphones, rhythm section). Ori^nal 
compositions and arrangements are encouraged as 
is individual improvisation. 



Penn Farr 
Chris Proctor 
Janeen Killian 
John Isley 
Dave Wulfeck 
Marlon McDonald 
Mike Mauretz 
Andy Wing 
Russ Gaffney 
Russ Nelms 
Brian Follas 
Elijah Fisher 
Bill Keith 
Mark Freundt 
Ben Folds 
Chris Brown 



Jazz Laboratory Ensemble 



Sociology 
Club 





Golden Chain 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Scholarship Chairperson: 

Advisors: 



Jeanne Dickens 
Susan Dosier 
Amina Durrani 
Deborah Fravel 
Jennifer Moore 
Tammy Minor 
Todd Nichols 
Angela Saito 
Robert Stephens 
Brenda Volpe 
Michael Stewart 
Lynda Black 



Bill Wilder 

Laura Greene 

Jean Ann Anderson 

Jennifer Miller 

Kristy Bowen 

Mrs. Louise Johnson 

Mrs. Sylvia Watson 



Lisa Carpenter 
Jennifer Cornell 
Lori Redmond 
Mary Catherine Scott 
Dale Sheffield 
Ginnifer Stephens 
Gary Glass 
Thomas Little 
David Nance 
Laura Peake 
Kimberly Webster 
Kathryn Whitfield 





Omicron Nu 



Omicron Nu, founded at Michigan State in 1912. 
seeks to promote g;raduate study and research, 
superior scholarship and leadership in home 
economics. 

The national organization provides fellowships for 
lioth master's and doctoral level graduate students 
as well as providing matching funds for a UNC-G 
undergraduate scholarship. The Alpha Kappa 
Chapter of L'NC-G also sponsors the annual Honors 
Convocation of the School of Home Economics, at 
which it presents an award to the freshman and 
sophomore with the highest grade point average. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Editor: 



Deborah Lewis Fravel 
Gregg Hancock 
Heidi Shope 
Paula Davis 
Patti Jones 





Neo-Black 
Society 
Executive 
Board 



Omicron Delta Epsilon 



Omicron Delta Epsilon is the international honor 
society of economics. The organization was original- 
ly founded at Harvard University in 1915. UNC-G 
was granted a charter on April 24, 1973 as Iota 
Chapter of North Carolina. The objectives of 
Omicron Delta Epsilon include the recognition of 
outstanding achievements in the field of economics 
and the establishment of closer ties between 
students and faculty in economics. 



President: Donna Peters 



Laura Greene 
Robert Noble 
Ann Smith 
Jeff Armstrong 
Caroline Gramley 
Nancy Robbins 
Abigail Spencer 
Charles Saunders 




Business and Industrial Relations Club 




The Business and Industrial Relations Club is the 
>tudent chapter of the Personnel Action Associa- 
1 1' in of the Greensboro Area. The club is a student 
urbanization in the School of Business and 
l^unomics which provides members an opportuni- 
ty to get to know business professionals and to learn 
about firms in the local and regional business 
community. 

Representatives from some of North Carolina's 
major firms speak at club meetings on topics such 
as human resources management, banking, and 
keting. 

Members participate in a unique Mentor Program 
which allows them to work with one or more per- 
iM.iinel prefessionals on a one-to-one basis. Students 
meet with their mentor, learning first-hand the in- 
\olvements of different jobs. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 



Karen Chandler 
Danita Powell 
Caroline Silver 
Teresa Garrison 



Angie Marion 
Jackie Burleson 
Beth McKissick 
Kris Willard 
Zoe Henricksen 
Dennis Wilkerson 
L. Hamilton Stenerson 



Beta Alpha Psi 




Beta Alpha Psi is the national scholastic and pro- 
fessional accounting fraternity. The primary objec- 
tive of the fraternity is to encourage and give 
recognition to scholastic and professional excellence 
in the field of accounting, which includes the follow- 
ing: the promotion of the study and practice of ac- 
counting; the promotion of opportunities for sell 
development and association among members and 
practicing accountants; and the encouragement of 
a sense of ethical, social, and public responsibUities. 



President: 
Vice-President: 
Accounting Assoc: 
Corres. Secretary: 
Treasurer: 
Recording Secretary: 

Members: 

Deneal Hicks 
Vickie Howard 
Lorraine Hric 
Stephen Partrick 
Melanie Rathmell 
Faith Shields 
Robin Thompson 



Angela Blackmon 

Deborah Cladwell 

Willard Fenegan 

Laura Kennerly 

Carrie Koontz 

Alice Wilson 



Pledges: 
Sue Adams 
Ronald Baldwin 
Jennifer Burton 
Karen Chandler 
Jeffrey Clapp 
Kathy Gallop 
Susan Hairfield 
Wendy Hall 
Dean Harris 
David Hill 
Wendy Hoos 
Sharon Janesick 
Patty Laing 
Gary Lake 
Karen Maness 
Kathryn Martin 
Tammy McClaugherty 
Doug Mecimore 
Billy Melton 
Sharon Miller 



Dale Phipps 
Ann Pope 
Beverly Rhoades 
Debbie Robinson 
Martha Rogers 
Michelle Rothrock 
Kerry Safley 
Tamara Sandness 
Mandy Saunders 
Beth Smith 
Amy Southerland 
Annette Swing 
Tammy Tesh 
Mark Toland 
Jill Turk 
Denise Walker 
Dennis Wilkerson 
Marsha Wyche 
Barry Yates 
Al York 




Spartan 
Cheerleaders 



Heather Benton 
Tonya Bradshaw 
Shelby Clark 
Kelly Craver 
Leigh Good 
Stephanie Holcombe 
Brenda Hough 
Mario Huggins 
Nancy Hartsema 
Ellen Satterwhite 
Ashley Waters 
Michelle Wright 

Co-Captains: 

Ann Bryant 
Lynne Oakes 




Beta Gamma Sigma 




Beta Gamma Sigma was founded in 1907 as a na- 
tional honor society with the chapter at UNC-G 
established in April, 1983. Beta Gamma Sigma is 
intended for students enrolled in AACSB accredited 
business schools. With only students ranked in the 
top ten percent of the undergraduate program ac- 
cepted, election to membership in Beta Gamma 
Sigma is the highest scholastic honor that a student 
in business and administration can attain. 

The purposes of Beta Gamma Sigma include en- 
couragement and reward of scholarship among 
students of business and administration, and pro- 
motion of the advancement of education in the art 
and science of business. The organization also seeks 
to foster integrity in the conduct of business 
operations. 



President: 
Vice-President: 



Laura Bauer 
Steven Cheek 
James Bennett 
Kenneth Jordon 
Vivian Maness 
Robert Spurrier, Jr. 
Sylvia Walker 
Alice Walker 



Donna Peters 
Susan Adams 



Physical 
Educatioi 
Steering 
Committe< 



Baptist Student Union 




The Baptist Student Union is a religious organiza- 
tion comprised of college students interested in con- 
tinuing their spiritual growth. 

BSU offers many programs and ministries 
through which students can become a part of and 
serve the campus, community and state. A few of 
their programs are The New Beginnings Choir 
which performs for churches and nursing homes. 
The BSU also sponsors a clown and puppet troupe. 
Spring and Summer mission programs provide BSU 
members volunteer work to minister to youth 
groups and needy organizations. In addition to these 
services the BSU manitains the "Campus John", 
a newsletter which is distributed through the dorm 
bathrooms around campus. 

Fellowship is a tradition the BSU is proud to 
uphold. Family groups, prayer partners, covered 
dish suppers, movie nights, student-led worships as 
well as the weekly program on Thursday evenings, 
give students a time to come together in Christian 
reverence and service. 

BSU was established in 1922 through the auspices 
of College Park Baptist Church under the direction 
of Mr. C.A. Williams. The BSU program at UNC- 
G was the first initiated in North Carolina and one 
of the first in the nation. 



President: 

Programs: 

Growth Study: 

Social: 

Publicity: 

Summer Missions: 

Community Missions: 

Outreach: 

Commuter Students: 

International Students: 

Recreation: 

Campus Minister: 



Melissa Bentley 

Richard White 

Kim Joyce 

Kathy McCroskey 

Kim Shelton 

Sandy Brown 

Jodie Gentry 

Becky Robertson 

Jody Thompson 

Harriett Knox 

Thom Little 

Geneva Metzger 



Beta Beta Beta Biological Society is a society for 
students interested in biology. Founded in 1922 at 
Oklahoma City University, Tri-Beta reserves its 
membership to those students who achieve superior 
academic records and who indicate special aptitude 
for and major interest in the natural sciences. It em- 
phasizes a three-fold program; stimulation of 
scholarship; dissemination of scientific knowledge; 
and promotion of biological research. 

'To see the foundatioyis of life" 



Beta Beta Beta 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 



Shelley J. Foster 
JoAnn Fanney 
Alice Smith 



Stewart Barnett 
Patricia Brady 
Roger Cooke 
Jeanne Dickens 
Donna Dyson 
Lisa Figueroa 
Joyce Gordon 
Rhonda Greene 
Donna Hogan 
Robin Hopkins 
Debra Jarrett 
Barbara Klaiber 
Tara Lowrance 
Franklin Moore 
Debra Muskovin 



Jeanette Perry 
Teresa Phillips 
Elaine Poston 
Lori Redmond 
Patricia Rountree 
Angela Saito 
Shannon Simpson 
Tammy Spear 
Sharon Tesh 
Joseph Warren 
William Welder 
Becky Wheeler 
Sheila Williams 
Martha York 





Pi Sigma Epsilon 



Pi Sigma Epsilon is a professional national 
organization dedicated to college students who wish 
to expand their knowledge and experience in sales 
and marketing. It was developed to promote real- 
lite situations and prepares its members to handle 
them well. PSE membership is your link to the pro- 
fessional world and advancement to higher level 
career positions than those achieved by non- 
members. 



President: 

Vice-President Marketing: 

Vice-President Administrative Affairs: 

Vice-President Finance: 



Robert Noble 
Anton W. Bantel, Jr. 
Melinda Taylor 
Peter Anderson 




Identity 



Identity was formed four years ago by UNCG's 
Student Government, the Neo-Black Society, and 
UNCG Presbyterian House. The goal of the 
organization is to provide a support group for in- 
dividuals who have encountered racial bias and seek 
to understand why these biases exist and how they 
can be changed. The group meets monthly in an in- 
formal setting with individuals knowledgeable in the 
area of race relations. 

Over the years. Identity has worked on forming 
and implementing a black studies program, 
educating students in the area of race relations, in- 
volving international students in programming, and 
providing a forum for individuals encountering 
racial problems. Although some people believe that 
discrimination is no longer a current issue, the 
members of Identity have discovered disc nmi nation, 
like the Loch Ness Monster, is alive and well but 
below the surface where it can not be readily 
observed. 




University Democrats 



This was the charter year for the University 
Democrats of UNC-G. However, the organization's 
origins lie in the campus Young Democrats 
organization which was founded in 1981. The 
University Democrats are members of the North 
CaroUna Young Democrats and the North Carolina 
Federation of College Democrats. 

The University Democrats serve as a forum for 
Democratic leaders and candidates to speak to 
students, but they also serve a forum for students 
to speak to and influence the Democratic party. 
They are a voice for the young people. They discuss 
issues, debate ideas and pass resolutions, thereby 
educating and involving their student members in 
the political process and arena. Finally, they work 
to see that Democratic candidates are elected to 
positions of inlfuence where they can put 
Democratic values into policy. Their meetings and 
lectures are open to any student who chooses to 
come and be involved in the issues that impact their 
lives. 

Featured at University Democrat meetings and 
receptions this year were various Democratic of- 
ficials and candidates. Among these visitors were 
Congressional Candidate Robin Britt, Former Can- 
didate for Governor Tom Gilmore, Guilford Party 
Chair Jim Van Hecke, Guilford County Commis- 
sioner Dot Kearnes and N.C. Young Voters Coor- 
dinator Harry Kaplan. 

"lnjlv£nce the Decisions That Influeyice You!' 



"Join the Best Party in Town! 



President: Thorn Little 

Vice-President: Amy Farley 

Secretary: Ellen Bryant 

Treasurer: Catherine Constantina 

Public Relations: Jonathan Hall 

Darlene Allen 
Wanda Batts 
Steve Beale 
Edwina Bostic 
Lori Carey 
Susan Dosier 
Gayle Frazier 
Bernetta Ghist 
Clinton Hughes 
Rebecca Klemp 
Lucy Lawrence 
James Marion 
Greg Nicollian 
Michael Stewart 
Denise Walling^on 




The Women's Choir studies and performs music 
WTitten between the 16th and 20th centuries for tre- 
ble voices. The ensemble is open by audition to 
qualified singers, and includes both music majors 
and non-majors. Within recent years, the choir has 
been chosen to sing at several major professional 
music organization conventions, the most recent be- 
ing the Southern Division Music Educators National 
Conference meeting in Mobile, Alabama in March 
198.5. From time to time, the choir embarks on brief 
tours throughout the southern states. 



Director: Dr. Hilary Apfelstadt 

President: Janice Porter 

Vice-President: Ellen M. Gozion 

Treasurer: Wendy A. Crews 
Librarians: Paige Thaeker 

Cynthia Childress 



Julie Andrews 
Jennifer Beck 
Mary Anne Bolick 
Missy Brockwell 
Shannon Campbell 
Elaine Carlisle 
Marcie Carson 
Kim Chaney 
Stephanie Creech 
Heather Daniel 
Janice Daugherty 
Mignon Dobbins 
Jeanne Duncan 
Barbara Ector 
Erin D. Ervin 
Julie Fischer 
Rebecca Fletcher 

Melodie Griswold 

Tracy L. Hall 

Beth Howard 

Jamie Johnson 

Lou Anne Kennedy 

Laura Laws 

Linda A. Mitchell 

Karen Mozingo 

Katherina Nowotny 

Rickie J. Palmer 

Paula Payne 

Robbin Pierce 

Jan Poindexter 

Daphne D. Roberson 

Cheryl Shufelt 

Nancy Slater 

Sandra Snow 

Kim Spiller 

Felicia Wright 



Women's 
Choir 



UNCG Show Choir 




The UNC-G Show Choir consists of thirty 
students who enjoy singing and dancing. The choir, 
directed by Bill Carroll, performs a variety of styles 
of music along with choreography. Show Choir ap- 
peals to a varied audience who enjoys a large selec- 
tion of music such as pop, broadway, and choral. 

The purpose of the Show Choir is to provide an 
organized performance group that entertains with 
popular music and dancing. The organization was 
active this year performing for the likes of IBM, the 
Eastern Music Festival, the Musical Arts Guild, and 
many other groups. Show Choir also entertained 
outside of Greensboro at the NCMEA Convention 
m Winston-Salem. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Accompanist: 



Rickie Jean Palmer 

Carol Graves 

Craig Howell 

Marc Cheek 

Cathy Williams 



Harry Bleattler 
Lament Brown 
Shannon Campbell 
Kim Chaney 
Ellen Everette 
Steve Howard 
Melanie Hudson 
Lee Jewell 
Charles Johnson 
Jamie Johnson 
Melanie Johnson 
Frank Laprade 
William Lester 
Judy Lincks 
Greg Ottoway 
Steven Reeves 
Jeannine Smith 
Angela Stirewatt 
John Mark Swink 
Dana Temple 
Tim Tourbin 
Kerry Wilkerson 
Cathy Zeggert 
Jeff Zitofskv 




University Media Board 



The University Media Board was created by Stu- 
dent Government in 1977, but has since become a 
separate and autonomous organization acting as an 
advisory board to the campus media and the 
manager of media business and constitutional 
matters. 

Known primarily as the students' link with cam- 
pus media, it is the UMB's constitutional duty to 
oversee the budgets of all media funds, foster ex- 
cellence in the media, act as an arbiter in case of 
media disputes, see that each mediimi has a qualified 
presiding officer, and approve charters for new 
media organizations. 



Sheila Bowling 
Ian McDowell 
Dariush Shafagh 
Gary Cerrito 
Jim Clark 
Bill Tucker 
Jim Lancaster 
Stuart Smith 
Mark A. Corum 
Dawn Ellen Nubel 
Greg Brown 




Citizens 
Against 
Censorship 



University Catholic Center 





1 



St. Mary's House 



The purpose of St. Mary's House is to minister 
to the UNC-G community and the surrounding 
neighborhood, providing worship of the Episcopal 
Church. Through the community, St. Mary's ex- 
presses commitment with ministry in many areas 
such as caring for the homeless, the hungry and the 
dying. Concern for women's issues and support of 
minority student counseUng are more examples of 
the group's commitment through ministry, as is St. 
Mary's participation in a number of peace 
organizations. 

Beyond such commitment, St. Mary's House spon- 
sors many activites during the year, some in con- 
juction with other religious organizations on cam- 
pus. These include the Thanksgiving celebration 
with the Catholic Center, the Christmas trip to Old 
Salem with Presby House, and the annual Seder 
with Hillel. St. Mary's also sponsors such events as 
the Halloween Trick-or-Treat for UNICEF, a Carol- 
ing and Christmas Party, and retreats at various 
times during the year. 



President: Jenny Miller 

Vice-President: Andrew Whaley 

Secretary: Greg Jenkins 

Treasurer: Clinton Hughes 

Chaplain: Rev. Charles Hawes 

Assistant: Mary Ellen Droppers 



Neo-Black Society 




Student Government Senators 





SStTf^':'^ 




V 









College Republicans 




Political Awareness Club 



The Carolinian: 
UNCG's Newspaper 





CORADDI: 
The magazine 
of the 
fine arts 
at UNCG 




Women's Soccer Club 




The Women's Soccer Club, after being inactive 
for three years, was reinstated this Fall with 30 
members. The club officially plays in the Spring, 
competing against various team in North Carolina. 
This year, the Women's Soccer Club devoted much 
of its time to practice as well as to fund raisers in 
preparation for future years. 



Marianne Snipes 
Lisa Clark 
Juliet Pearman 
Pam Warner 
Laura Brust 
Tiffany Taylor 
Colleen Jennett 
Diana Cowhey 
Amy Walson 
Cathy Carlin 
Mario Huggins 
Katy McClure 
Julia Richardson 
Ann Sehoonman 
Eilleen Hoyle 
Rita Nagel 
Su Kermon 
Anne Casey 
Kitty Wickes 
LuAnne Whiteheart 
Ellen James 
JoAnne Schettiro 
Marcia Harvey 
Liza DeKumenjian 
Elizabeth Gaire 
Catherine Nolin 
Tara Luftus 
Tarin Kita 
Frances Knight 
Elaine Walker 




Student Educators' Association 



Student Pre-Medical Society 





Pine Needles 



Sports 







Co-President: John Fitzsmaurice 

Co-President: Mike Fitzpatrick 

Treasurer: Tom Gallagher 

Match Secretary: Manoli Krinos 



The Rugby Club, while one of the most active 
clubs at UNC-G, is probably one of the most 
misunderstood. The game of rugby is a rough cross 
between soccer and football. It is compared to soc- 
cer in that it is a continuous game and related to 
football because of the way the players handle the 
ball and tackle. As a result, the players need a great 
deal of strength and endurance while risking injury. 

The purpose of the Rugby Club is to provide an 
organized team sport and to be tke most socially ac- 
tive organization on campus. Most of the unex- 
perienced players are looking for fun when they 
start, but as they become more involved with the 
team the sportsmanship becomes important. 

The Rugby Club is proud to be the North Carolina 
State Champions this year. Declared champs in the 
Fall, they also played the same teams in the Spring. 
The team hosted two tournaments during the 
1985-86 season. The first was the season opener 
sponsored by Ham's Resturant. The other was the 
UNCG invitational sponsored by Michelob. 

The Spring semester was an eventful one for the 
Ruggers. The team traveled to the Mardi Gras in 
New Orleans for fun and to compete in the Loui- 
siana State University tournament that conisted of 
32 teams. The team also toured Florida for Spring 
Break to play Georgia State, Florida State and 
others. 



Danny Albert 
Steve Ackish 
Mike Atkinson 
Josh Burston 
Larry Bullock 
Anthoney Brown 
Ed Channing 
Jim Collins 
Ian Cooper 
Chuck Corey 
David Cox 
Bruce Daley 
Mike Dugan 
Sam Futterman 
Kirk Galiani 
John Hawkins 
Charlie Keegan 
Drew Langlow 
John LeMag 
Eric Melby 
Harry Morley 
Joe Motley 
Bill Nichelson 
Todd Redman 
Bryan Sizemore 
Bill Schnider 
Gene Speight 
Geoff Stowie 
Will Taliaferro 
Ted Vaccario 
Chiris Vaughn 
Steve Watroos 
Rob White 
Pat Wilson 
John Young 



Rugby 
Club 




'^.^'^^''^iVien's Tennis 



iJS 



Head Coach: Bob McEvoy 

Team Captain: Neal Dorman 



Chip Mangiapane 
Neal Lewis 
Richard Moran 
Richard Kleis 
Chad Sullivan 
Chris Conellev 
Mike Kim 
Porter Jarrard 
Jeff Sheek 
Steve Faltz 
Kevin Draughon 
Luis Castellanos 



The National Champions: 




UNCG Soccer Team 



Women's Volleyball 




B^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H ^^^^^H H^^HI ^^^^^! ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K.^ i1 






13 






r 


^ 


rk 


r 



jNCr, 



vvi:d 



•mxcg 



V 



,\J»<CG 



liJ 



QhC 



^carf Coach: 
Assistant Coaches: 

Team Captain: 



Bob McEvoy 
Mike Baker 
Rick Lloyd 
Robert Bryant 



Men's 
Basketball 



John Buckner 
Greg Myrick 
Todd Schayes 
Harold Cone 
Sean Gray 
Bill Niemann 
Tuck Balckstone 
Frazier Bryant 
Mark Mansfield 
Darryl Smith 
Ronnie Shppard 
Gary Pitt 
Earlv Pickett 
Allan Hild 
Scott Schultz 
Jeff Watson 




Women's Baseketball 



Tri-Captains: 


Ruby Smith 




Natalie Conner 




Lisa Seidel 


Head Coach: 


Lynne Agee 


istant Coaches: 


Carol Peschel 




Brenda Tolbert 



Julia Boseman 
Bridget Poupart 
Kathleen Tompkins 
Carrie Lasley 
Cheryl Carter 
Carnice Essex 
Susan Seufert 
Denise Mannon 
Julia Weaver 
Julie Bell 
Angle Polk 




Women's Tennis 



Team Captain: 



Laura Barnett 



Tony Albright 
Andrea Ashby 
Carrie Flynn 
Susan Frye 
Diane Pursiano 
Louise Wydell 
Ginger Wallwork 




Greeks Offer Friendship & Philanthropy 



Thomas Jefferson was not only con- 
cerned with such important things as 
the Bill of Rights and the Declaration 
of Independence. He also realized the 
importance of social interaction and 
a close community of friends. Thus ne 
formed the first social fraternity, Phi 
Beta Kappa. In doing so, he opened 
the door for the development of 
leadership skills and an opportunity 
for personal development. 

The Greek system at UNCG is on- 
ly five years young, but a firm foun- 
dation has been established by the 
dedication of the present leadership. 
The male social organizations consist 
of Sigma Tau Gamma, Pi Kappa Phi, 
Sigma Phi Epsilon, Lambda Chi 



Alpha, Alpha Phi Alpha, Sigma Nu, 
Kappa Alpha Psi, and Tau Kappa Ep- 
silon. The female organizations in- 
clude Alpha Chi Omega, Chi Omega, 
Phi Mu, Delta Sigma Theta, Alpha 
Delta Pi, and Alpha Kappa Alpha. 

The fraternity system seeks to 
develop well-rounded individuals with 
a wide varity of interests. This is ex- 
hibited by the many areas that Greeks 
contribute to the University com- 
munity including Student Govern- 
ment, the Carolinian, EUC Council, 
Residence Life, Orientation leaders, 
and Intramural sports. 

Another contribution Greeks at 
UNCG make is to their fellowman and 
the less fortunate. Fundraisers for 



philanthropy and research include the 
March of Dimes, Play Units for the 
Severely Handicapped, Muscular 
Dystrophy, Cystic Fibrosis, Project 
Hope, Easter Seals, Ronald 
McDonald House, Sickle Cell Anemia 
Fund, and the American Cancer 
Society. 

Fraternities are also fun and an ex- 
citing avenue to meet people and 
develop communication skills and con- 
tacts that can help later in life. Join- 
ing a fraternity is a lifelong member- 
ship and gives one a permanent link 
to the University of North Carolina 
at Greensboro. The fraternity ex- 
perience is one that can help one grow 
as a person, develop character, and 
provide opportunities for social 
involvements. 

—David Nance 



Lambda Chi Alpha 




Lambda Chi Alpha Fraternity was founded at 
Boston College by Warren Albert Cole to promote 
the ideal of perfect brotherly love and personal, 
academic, and social development among its 
members. Since its beginning in 1909. Lambda Chi 
Alpha has grown to be one of the largest general 
fraternities with more than 145.000 members 
nationwide. 

The Phi Theta Chapter at UNC-G colonized in the 
Spring of 1981 with a solid group of nine men who 
desired to establish a system that surpassed the 
"typical fraternity" stereotype. From there the col- 
ony grew in number and enthusiasm and went on 
to receive its charter in the Spring of 1983. Other 
achievements since then include hosting the 1985 
Colonial Conclave (an annual meetmg of all the 
chapters in the region) and acquiring the chapter's 
first house. 

Every semester, the Lambda Chi's participate in 
a number of service projects for the campus and 
community such as the annual "Casino Club Lamb- 
da". The fraternity also holds fundraisers and social 
events. This Fall's "Throwdown" for the Muscular 
Distrophy Association raised over $2,500. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Fraternity Educator: 

Rush Chairperson: 

Ritualist: 

Scholarship Chairperson: 

Social Chairperson: 

Alumni Chairperson: 



Neil Nissim 
Matt Middlebrook 
Kent Jordan 
Lynn Maclntyre 
David Core 
Eddie Taylor 
Mike Johnston 
Mike Lattanzio 
Chip Olsen 
Parker Lynch 



"We believe in Lambda Chi Alpha, and its tradi- 
tions, principles and ideals. The crescent is our sym- 
bol; pure, high, ever growing, and the cross is our 
guide: denoting service, sacrifice, and even suffer- 
ing and humiliation before the world, bravely en- 
dured if need be, in following that ideal. 

"May we have faith in Lambda Chi Alpha and pas- 
sion fur its welfare. May we have hope for the future 
of Lambda Chi Alpha and strength to fight for its 
teachings. May we have pure hearts that we may 
approach the ideal of perfect brotherly love." 



Delta Sigma Theta 




Delta Sigma Theta Sorority, Inc. was founded in 
1913 at Howard University by 22 women who pledg- 
ed to serious endeavors and community service. 

The tradition begun by those 22 women has been 
continued through the years. Delta Sigma Theta is 
a public service organization dedicated to communi- 
ty and university service, academic achievement and 
cultural enrichment. The sorority is involved with 
the March of Dimes, the Negro College Fund, the 
Cancer Society, the Sickle Cell Anemia Foundation, 
and Adopt-a-Grandparent. A scholarship is also 
given out each year to a deserving student at UNC- 
G. 

Some annual events which Delta Sigma Theta is 
involved with include the Cnmson and Creme Ball, 
Founders Day Week, and the raising of scholarship 
funds. 

"Intelligence is the Torch." 



President: 

1st Vice-President: 

2nd Vice-President: 

treasurer: 

Corresponding Secretary: 

Recording Secretary: 

Parliamentary: 



Lynda Jones 
Angela McGriff 
Henritta Jackson 
Jennene Kirkland 
Ursula Brown 
Sibyl Lineberger 
Gloria McBryde 



Jill Potter 
Shalane Wilson 
Saundra Harvey 
Portia Usher 
Felicia Smith 
Carmen Smith 




Sigma Nu 



The Kappa Upsilon Chapter of the Sigma Nu 
Fraternity is the newest chartered fraternity on 
campus. There are presently 30 members inlcuding 
five alumni. Sigma Nu was founded on the principles 
of Love, Truth, and Honor. The Kappa Upsilon 
Chapter stresses these principles in the everyday 
lives of the Brothers. Sigma Nu strives for ex- 
cellence in all areas of University life. Academics, 
athletics, and service projects are the main areas 
of our participation both on and off campus. Sigma 
Nu men hold many leadership positions on campus 
and strive for excellence in their respective posi- 
tions. Sigma Nu makes men into better men, star- 
ting out with only the best men. Sigma Nu is in 
search of quality as opposed to quantity. 



Rick Williams 
Mike Moretz 
Roy Welch 
Edwin Decampo 
Dave Cox 
Tom Harris 
Jeff Sheek 
Doug Stewert 
Mike Wallace 
Frank Carpenter 
Patrick Dunnels 
Andrew Holbrook 
Jim Martin 



Commander: 

Lt. Commander: 

Sentinel: 

Pledge Marshall: 

Treasurer: 

Recorder: 

Historian: 

Chaplain: 

Rush Chairperson: 

Social Chairperson: 

Scholarship Chairperson: 

Athletic Chairperson: 



Steve Gugenheim 
Barton Jones 
Mike Felton 
Kevin Martin 
Neil Dixon 
Dave Spencer 
Danny Ambiosiani 
Kevin Young 
Chris Smith 
Ralph Masino 
Matt Swinder 
Ralph Dehnert 



Phi Mu Fraternity was founded in 1852 at 
Wesleyan College in Macon, Georgia with the mot- 
to Les Soeurs Fidels— the faithful sisters, and a 
creed emphasizing Love, Honor and Truth. The 
Gamma Chi Chapter at UNC-G involves an associa- 
tion of 39 young women who's purpose is to set a 
standard of cultural and academic achievement, as 
well as to serve the public by promoting such in- 
terests as Project Hope (Health Opportunities for 
People Everywhere), Phi Mu's National 
Philanthropy. 

Phi Mu also takes part in fundraisers. State Day 
for Phi Mu, Phi Mu Weekend, and Formals and 
Semiformals. The Sisters are actively involved in 
planning and participating in campus activities such 
as Intramurals, Greek Week, Homecoming and the 
Alumni Phone-A-Thon. 



President: 
Vice-President: 
Treasurer: 

Corresponding Secretary, 
Recording Secretary: 
Social Chairperson. 
Phi Director: 



Jennfier Mee 

Sandy Lunt 

Sharon Miller 

Tyler Vaught 

Cathy Woods 

Jo Ann Schettino 

Marci Haverson 



ISC President: Elizabeth Madison 

Membership Director: Wendy Fish -' 



Lisa Chowder 
Lisa Webb 
Phyllis Kennel 
Ellen James 
Chris Shampton 
Chris Fox 
Jane Mee 
Robin Nichols 
Jill Payne 
Bridget Foley 
Rita Nagel 
Nora McBride 
Liza Dekirmenjian 
Kathie Hennessey 
Darci Judkins 
Suzanne Niemela 
Pam Seplow 
Vicki Witkowski 
Ann Schoonman 
Hene Wolfman 
Marsha Harvey 
Linda Payne 
Nashwa Abdula 
Wendy Melton 
Janna Fackwell 



Phi 

Mu 








tw'-T^ ^H 


S^hB5S^»q^I 


P^;^^^^^i^^^-^^°SAiHBHHH 


55*^''^ "^ 


,^-^ .A 


IL «[?('' jOPir j» 


' " K^^H ^^BB^Bn 


irai 



fcjr*-* 



^K. 



;X 



Founded on December 10, 1904 at the College of 
Charleston in South Carolina. Pi Kappa Phi Frater- 
nity enriches the lives of its members by develop- 
ing leadership skills, encouraging excellence in 
scholarship, promoting mutual fellowship, and in- 
stilling the highest ideals of Christian manhood and 
good citizenship. Every other summer. Pi Kappa Phi 
conducts a leadership seminar called Pi Kapp Col- 
lege where members are gjiven extensive seminars 
involving education, finance, scholarship, alumni 
relations, public relations, singing, ritualistic work, 
and recruiting, to name a few. 

Among the many events hosted by the Pi Kapps 
are the Fall Christmas Semi-Formal where Brothers 
gather to celebrate the end of the semester and the 
beginning of the holidays, and Founders Day held 
on December 10 m honor of the founding fathers 
of Pi Kappa Phi. During the Spring Semester, the 
extravagent Rose Ball, is held as is a celebration 
on January 17 of the founding of the local Epsilon 
Iota Chapter. 

Pi Kappa Phi is proud to have its own unique 
philanthropy as well. In 1977. project P.U.S.H. (play 
units for the severly handicapped) was adopted by 
the Pi Kapps. P.U.S.H. units combine simple 
motivators and other activities to create learning 
environments for institutionalized children. Money 
raised by individual chapters is used to build these 
units at a cost of approximately $10,000 each. 



President: Donegan Root 

Vice-President: Greg Knowles 

Treasurer: Darrell Boyles 

Secretary: James Cunningham 

Warden: George Crooker 

Historian: Mark Brumback 

Chaplain: Mark Marley 
Social Chairperson: David Nance 



Pi Kappa Phi 



David Bradsher 
Ryan Brauns 
Wendell Carter 
John Clearv 
Patrick Craft 
Elliot Curtis 
Doug Davidson 
Kevin Debbs 
George Dib 
Mike Dolianitis 
Bryan Edwards 
Chris Farroch 
Tony Fleming 
James Fore 
James Funderburk 
Dean Gass 
Chris Graham 
David Hall 
Tracey Hampton 
Bradley Hayes 
Mark Hedgepeth 



Dru Jarrett 
Tim Jolivette 
Jeff Kim 
Mark King 
Chuck LaMothe 
Greg Larimore 
Chuck McCaskill 
Bryan McGee 
Jack Nauman 
Russell Nelms 
Tom Newby 
Glen Oakes 
Chris Omohundro 
Bill ONeil 
Alan Overbey 
John Pinnix 
Brennen Ragonne 
Brent Smith 
Irvin Vann 
Phil White 
Doug Wolfe 



Alpha Kappa Alpha 




The Alpha Kappa Alpha Sorority, Inc. was found- 
ed on January 15, 1908 at Howard University. It 
is the world's oldest college-based sorority found- 
ed by black women. 

The purpose of Alpha Kappa Alpha Sorority is to 
encourage high scholastic and ethical standards, to 
promote unity and friendship among college women, 
to study and alleviate problems affecting girls and 
women, to promote higher education and to be of 
service to all mankind. 

The Nu Rho Chapter at UNC-G was established 
on January 15, 1981. The Chapter pursues its ob- 
jectives through people-oriented programs such as 
Trick-or-Treat for UNICEF, Project Destiny, 
Adopt-a-Family, and our annual Tea Rose Ball with 
proceeds going to various needy organizations and 
scholarships. The Nu Rho Chapter is also involved 
in many activities on campus such as the Christmas 
Luminaires, Lovefeast, voter registration, Family 
Weekend, and World Hunger Day. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Recording Secretary: 

Corresponding Secretary: 

Financial Secretary: 

Treasurer: 



Rosalind Stanbaek 
Cheryll Fitzgerald 
Darlene Joyner 
Dawn Lawson 
Kimberly Barnes 
Karen Johnson 



Michelle Jennings 
Cheryl Bullock 
Faye Covington 
Felicia Davis 
Adrienne Butts 
Doretha Griffin 
Angela Taylor 
Tereasa McLaurin 
Tammy Kirkley 
Kimberly Nash 
Cynthia Hill 
Anita Fields 
Willa Whitehead 




Sigma 

Phi 

Epsilon 



Sigma Phi Epsilon, the second largest national 
fraternity, was founded on November 1, 1901, The 
primary goal of the fraternity is to promote 
brotherhood through social events such as rush par- 
ties and beach trips; through service projects such 
as the Sprmg Chariot Pull from Chapel Hill to 
Greensboro to raise money for the American Caner 
Society. Brothers are also provided with a 
stimulating atmosphere in which to grow mentally 
and spiritually. 

The Cardinal Prmciples of Sigma Phi Epsilon are 
Virtue, Diligence, and Brotherly Love. 



President: 

Controller: 

Vice-President: 

Recorder: 

Secretary: 



Eric Melby 
Todd Zucker 
David Blackwell 
Ken Hardin 
Todd Nichols 



Andy Basnight 

Ian Cooper 

Jim "Maui" Cuneen 

Dansby Curt 

Richard "Ski" Evanofski 

Keaton Geiger 

Doug Grisbaum 

Steve Hayes 

Cambo Hines 

Kevin Horner 

Greg Hughes 

Nelson Jones 

Paul Keen 

Ronnie Keever 

Joe Lamb 

Gary Marshall 

Andrew Oliphant 

Bill Prutting 

Edward Riemenschneider 

Chris Schwenk 

Christopher Shaw 

Jeff Shouse 

Rush Spell 

Peter Spinarski 

Chad Sullivan 

Ron Talley 

Andy Tarabec 

Joey Thomas 

Robert Voyles 

Michael G. Wahl 

Joe Wiggins 




Chi 
Omega 



More than any other single factor, Chi Omega's 
purposes must be responsible for its steady growth 
throughout the years. For the enduring purposes 
of Chi Omega give meaning to life; and life with pur- 
pose and meaning gives rich satisfaction. 
Throughout the history of Chi Omega, six great pur- 
poses have been stressed: Friendship; High stan- 
dards of personnel; Sincere learning and creditable 
scholarship; Participation in campus activities; 
Vocational goals; Social and civic service. 

Through the purposes, Chi Omega encourages and 
stimulates the members to develop the following: 
Appreciation of the things in life that contribute to 
a finer culture and to the development of qualities 
that make for a well-balanced, well-adjusted per 
sonality; Habits of responsibility, orderliness, ac 
curacy, effeciency; Attitudes of understanding 
kindness, service, and of steadfastness in suppor 
ting principles that protect the freedom of the in 
dividual, and that are essential for mamtaining a 
free society; Interest in learning and in the kind of 
things that will create appreciation, fine attitudes, 
good standards and service in the community. 



President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Pledge Trainer: 

Personnel Chairperson: 

Rush Chairperson: 



Brenda Volpe 
Susan Dunlap 
Robin Jolly 
Fonda Dorton 
Anna Spencer 
Karen Feldman 
Beth Holliday 



Donna Albright 
Kelly Andrews 
Alicia Bentley 
Barbara Blunt 
Cynthia Clark 
Shelley Dean 
Julie Eubanks 
Brooks Flynn 
Ginger Harris 
Eileen Hoyle 
Jane Hooks 
Eunice Johnson 
Donna Lineberry 
Angela Manley 
Amanda Martin 
Kris Martin 
Mary Mattimore 
Kim McNairy 
Cara Moen 
Sarah Owens 
Bekki Painter 
Kim Proctor 
Anne Reddick 
Patrice Saitta 
Diane Sappenfield 
Susan Schwoyer 
Gail Shell 
Kim Smith 
Kimberly Smith 
Beth Spears 
Nancy Spencer 
Sharon Swann 
Mary Wall 
Denise Wilson 
Heather Winchester 
Amy Wright 
Martha Venable 



Alpha 
Delta 
Pi 



Alpha Delta Pi was founded in 1851 at Wesleyan 
Female College in Macon. Georgia. The sorority pro- 
vides the opportunity for young college women to 
unite in sisterhood— a lifetime comittment of friend- 
ship. Members develop communication skills, leader- 
ship abilities, and time management skills among 
others. Scholarship is highly emphasized and is a 
major requirement for membership. 

The Zeta Psi Chapter, here at UXC-G. provides 
service throughout the community as well as on 
campus. On Valentine's Day. the Sisters sell 
Balloon-A-Grams which are delivered by members 
of ADPi. Proceeds from the annual sale are sent 
tu the Ronald McDonald House. The sorority also 
holds an annual Faculty Windshield Wipe where 
members wash the car windows of faculty and leave 
a friendly message on the windshield. Other annual 
events include, during the Fall, the Adelphean Semi- 
Formal and a Pig Pickin' at Ring Ranch; in the 
Spring, the ADPi's have their Black Diamond For- 
mal and Parents' Day. 

The members of Alpha Delta Pi feel that their 
sorority is unique in the fact that all members are 
individuals yet posses a quality that bonds them in 
sisterhood. 

"We live for each other." 



President: Jackie Mitchell 

Exec. Vice-President: Renee Matthews 

Vice-President Pledge Education: Teresa Roberts 

Assistant Pledge Educator: 

Membership Chairperson: 

Assistant Membership: 

Treasurer: 

Standards: 

Social: 

Assistant Social/Guard: 

Scholarship: 

Jr. Member at Large: 

Activities: 

Service: 

Spirit: 

Corresponding Secretary: 

Recording Secretary: 

ISC Delegate: 

ISC Officer: 

Chaplain: 

Reporter/Historian: 

Retail Manager: 

Song Leader: 

Public Relations: 

Sr. Club President: 

Alumni Relations: 




Ann Bryant 

Michelle Morefield 

Monica Crossley 

Kellie Hachten 

Diana Sigmon 

Lynn Lytic 

Lori Kuchenbecker 

Kim Matthews 

Lynn Wright 

Lisa Snead 

Kelly Price 

Natalie Sherrill 

Katie Shepherd 

Donna Clark 

Jane Gunderman 

Martha Ann Ferrell 

Susan Linder 

Kelly Fuzzell 

Donna Clark 

Amy Maultsby 

Elizabeth Kincheloe 

Stef VanderMeer 

Whitley McCoy 



Sherri Brezillac 
Diane Grady 
Colleen Jennett 
Rebecca Kirby 
Cheryl McKeown 
Vicki Moore 
Rickie Jean Palmer 
Ashley Parks 
Debbie Bolton 
Tracy Fogleman 
Maggie Gray 
Gerri Lasley 
Crystal Roberts 
Leslie Robinson 
Lisa Stevenson 
Susan Todd 
Katrin Recknagel 
Kelly Garrett 



^BShH jtr^ ~' ^Um .^Z^^^Hl^l^tf^lr 


^^^^^^H^^^^H^) V/ ^^^V / f / 







Alpha Chi Omega celebrated its centennial this 
Fall on October 15! The sorority was founded in 
1885 as a music sorority on the campus of DePaw 
University in Indiana. The colors of Alpha Chi 
Omega are scarlet and olive green, while its badge 
is the lyre and its flower is the red carnation. 

With a Christmas semi-formal, a Spring formal,, 
and other mixers, Alpha Chi Omega is a social 
sorority which is also civic minded. The Sisters have 
volunteered time for other organizations besides 
their own altruisms, which include Easter Seals, 
Cystic Fibrosis, the MacDowell Colony, and the Self- 
Help Toy Project. During the Fall semester. Alpha 
Chi Omega holds its well-known "rocksit" for one 
of its philanthropies while the annual roadblock is 
held in the Spring to raise funds. 

The philosophy of Alpha Chi Omega is "To offer 
lifetime membership, experience in self-governing 
living, and encouragement to develop to the fullest 
potential as an educated woman." 



Laura Boyd 
Mary McLamb 
Amy Ensey 
Staton Staninger 
Darlene Stosel 



President: 
Ist Vice-President: 
2nd Vice-President: 
3rd Vice-President: 
Recording Secretary: 
Corresponding Secretary: 
TrecLsurer: 

Assistant Treasurer: 
Warden/ Par limentarian: 
Social Chair/Historian: 
Scholarships Chairperson: 

Rush Chairperson/ 
Altruisms Chairperson: 
Assistant Rush Chair: 
ISC/House Manager: 
ISC/Spirit and Songleader: 
Mystagogue/KROP: 
Chaplain: 



Sandra Mitchell 

Sonya Ashley 

Tami Long 

Jennifer Cagle 

Sandy Simmons 

Theresa Kay 

Linda Pope 

Laura Cummings 

Mary Bradley 

Laura McGowan 

Lisa Davis 

Annette Long 

Cheryl Carpenter 

Brigitte Schubert 

Ronnie Hurd 

Karen Hill 

Margie Mourning 



Alpha 

Chi 

Omega 



Inter-fraternity Council 





Kappa Alpha Psi 



Kuppa Alpiia Psi Fraternit\ . Inc. wa^ founded on 
Januaiy 5. lyll, uii tlie campus ul' Indiana Univer- 
Mly m Bluunimgloii. The fundamental purpose of 
Kappa Alpha Psi is achievement in every field of 
liunian endeavor. 

Tile fall semester of 1980 marked the beginning 
fur Kappa Alpha Psi on the campus of UN'C-G. The 
fraternity is striving to become an intricate part oi 
the student academic, social, and political life on 
campus. 

Kappa Alpha Psi also performs numerous serv ice 
l.rojects for both local and national needy organiza- 



Polemarch: 

Vice-Polemarch: 

Keeper of Records: 

Keeper of Exchequer: 

Sir at g us: 

Lt. Stratgus: 



Leonard L. Barnes 
Harvev G. Shoffner, 
Michael R. Lewis 
Carson E. White 
VVavne G. Setzer 
Anthony L. Johnson 
Jake Johnson 
Cliff Obie 



Jr. 



Inter sorority Council 




The Intersorority Council, founded in iy02 by ex- 
isting sororities, is an organization established to 
foster intersorority relationships. The ISC assists 
collegiate chapters of the ISC member groups and 
cooperates with colleges and universities in main- 
taining the highest scholastic and social standards. 



President: 

Vice-President External: 

Vice-President Internal: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Kimberly Barnes 
Lisa Crowder 
Susan Dunlap 
Brigette Schubert 
Donna Sloan 
Shalane Wilson 



Elizabeth Madison 
Jane Gunderman 
Veronica Hurd 
Beth Holiday 
Susan Schwoyer 

(Alpha Kappa Alpha) 
(Phi Mu) 
(Chi Omega) 
(Alpha Chi Omega) 
(Alpha Delta Pi) 
(Delta Sigma Theta) 




President: 
Vice-President: 
District Vice-President: 
Secretary: 
Treasurer: 
Chaplain: 
Advisors: 



Tau Kappa Epsilun has been on the UNC-G cam- 
pus for five years. Although it is the largest social 
fraternity in the world, our colony at UNC-G is fairly 
young, and our numbers are still growing. Because 
of our relative size, and because we cherish and 
respect the uniqueness of every individual, each 
member is allowed to more fully pertioipate in our 
planning and activities. Tekes are never expected 
to simply conform within the group, or get lost in 
the crowd. 

Different fraternities stand for different things, 
but TKE simply stands for friendship. We are a 
group of men who share common goals and ideals, 
and enjoy living, working, and growing together. 
Whether it's at a mixer with a sorority, a football 
game with a rival, or a beach trip just for the 
brothers, Tau Kappa Epsilon offers a unique social 
opportunity that fosters friendship, broadens out- 
side interests, promotes cooperative living, and 
develops perspective. 

.\s the Greek system at UNC-G continues to grow, 
TKE plans to grow with it, and to contribute as 
much as we can to the UNC-G social environment. 



Harold "Tinker" Clayton 
Michael Stewart 
David Alexander 
Alex Burnett 
John W. Taylor 
Robert Glenn Cashion 
David R. Kingdon 
Joe Dilts 



Jim Bruderman 
Hal Hood 
Steve Ralls 
Orlando Burgos, Jr. 
Conrad Alexander 
Greg Winchester 
Scott Morris 
Brian Turner 
Martin Ford 
Brett Halsey 
Paul B. Lovett 
Scott M. Simpson 
Guy Ferguson 
Roger Gunn 
Gary A. Cerrito 
Brian D. Smith 



Tau 

Kappa 

Epsilon 





j^^f^^^^i-^'i^^^^StKKt^ 



'}^-''M.^: I 


L,-!.--; 


::ji 


_j_jj_j^ 



Sigma Tau Gamma was founded on June 28, iy20 
at Central Missouri State Teachers College. It was 
born on the desires and aspirations of seventeen 
young men who believed that all men are social 
creatures, and that friendships made during the col- 
lege years are lasting ones. This March 31st mark- 
ed the eighth anniversary of UNC-G's Delta Delta 
Chapter. 

The Brothers of Sigma Tau Gamma strive toward 
their six basic principles which include Value, Lear- 
ning, Leadership, Excellence, Benefit, and Integri- 
ty. It is the purpose of the Sigma Tau Gamma to 
use these principles in a brotherly bond to acheive 
the most from a college education both socially and 
academically. 

The fraternity has a goal to hold at least one an- 
nual charitable fundraiser. In 1984, the Delta Delta 
Chapter was presented with the National Charitable 
Projects Award from the National Foundation of 
Sigma Tau Gamma. 




President: David Solomon 

Vice-President Management: Bob Wren 

Vice-President Membership: Doug Bristol 

Vice-President Education: Todd Hedrick 

John Carmichael 
Jim Evins 
David Mengert 
Brad Dilday 
Dan Cahoun 
Jeff Kinney 
Ken Vaughn 
Matt Livingston 



Sigma 

Tau 

Gamma 



ERTS CONCERTS C 




^:iVv '■■'■■ .')■;■- ; 




•*«■/.• ;<rv©5 



•^^^r^il^^P 








See 


mJM I 






^^B ' / ; . ''''^Hf^^^Hj 




^kp ■-■':■: ■ 




A 


^1 


flfl^BHSE^l^ 'jiu''- 


'2 




H ■ 


F ^ ' 


\ 




f ^^ 


mm^^f^ik 


TJ 


// - 




^^^Im^I 






/JicA: Springfield 


260 







Bryan Adams 




Bruce Springsteen 



MUSIC 
MUSIC 
MUSIC 




Tears For Fears 
Madonna 
Bruce Springsteen 
Prince 
U2 
Wham! 
Sting 
'Til Tuesday 
Katrina and the Waves 
Whitney Houston 
Sade 
Julian Lennon 
Huey Lewis & the News 
Glenn Frey 
Stevie Wonder 
Dire Straits 
Aretha Franklin 
Eurythmics 
Simple Minds 
Sheila E. 
Thompson Twins 
John Cougar Mellencamp 
Amy Grant 
Pointer Sisters 
Phil Collins 
Alabama 
Duran Duran 
Wang Chung 
Scritti Politti 
Ricky Scaggs 
A-ha 
New Order 
OMD 
ABC 
Paul Young 
Power Station 
AC/DC 
Arcadia 
John Fogerty 
Los Lobos 
Talking Heads 
Bob Dylan 
R.E.M. 
The Hooters 
Billy Ocean 
Don Henley 
Bryan Adams 
Lone Justice 
Kool and the Gang 
Howard Jones 
Chaka Khan 
General Public 
Heart 
Klymaxx 
Steve Wright 
New Edition 
Freddie Jackson 
Ratt 
Survivor 




Celluloid Dreams 



Like everyone else our age. UNC-G students 
spent a good deal of time in area movie theaters. 
The fact that none of those theaters are particularly 
close to this campus did not prove to be the obstacle 
one might have expected. We drove up High Point 
Road to the Four Seasons Mall, over to Friendly 
Center to the Terrace, down Aycock to the Janus, 
and even all the way across town to the Circle Six. 
Buying popcorn and Milkduds, soft drinks and 
malted milk balls, even fresh cookies and Italian ice 
picked our way down sticky aisles and hunkered 
down in wheezing seats, alone in the crowed dark, 
dreaming with our eyes open. 

And what did we dream about? A glorious vin- 
dication in Vietnam, for one thing; we were just as 
gung ho for Rambo as everyone else. Oh, some of 
us sneered and some of us snickered and no few of 
us just stayed away in disgust, but on the whole the 
film did almost as well with us as with the general 
audience. Freshmen even wrote papers for their 
English 101 classes about how the movie had given 
us back our national honor, much to the increduli- 
ty of some of their instructors. 

We also turned out in droves for Stallone's other 
crowd-pleaser, the inevitahie Rocky fV', though here, 
at least, our sentiments were not quite as political- 
ly correct; as of this writing, a few "Ivan Drago Fan 
Club" T-shirts have appeared on campus, proclaim- 
ing their wearers' admiration for Rocky's tower- 
ing opponent. 

Older or more intellectually-inclined students 



were not left entirely in the cold by the movie in- 
dustry, fortunately. Plenty and Agues of God pro- 
vided strong roles for Meryl Streep and Jane Fon- 
da, respectively, and were much admired, par- 
ticularly the latter. Students familiar with New 
York city got a good creepy laugh from the com- 
ically paranoid After Hours, which one critic called 
"the lighter side of Tcu:i Driver." And those with 
an interest in South American politics and literature 
were intrigued by Kiss of the Spider Woman, and 
most applauded the performances of William Hurt 
and Raul Julia. 

The big summer movies of '85— Back to the 
Future, Pale Rider, and Mad Max Beyond Thunder- 
dome, played well into the Fall and after, either at 
first-run houses or dollar cinemas. UNC-G con- 
tributed its share to these films' local audiences. 
Horror fans got their chills from Fright Night. Day 
of the Dead, the ambitious Return of the Living 
Dead, and Nightmare on Elm Street II: Freddy's 
Revenge, which last, judging from the clipped-out 
newspaper ads festoon'.ig the walls, proved 
especially popular in Guilford Dorm. 

We viewed older movies, too, in Jarrell Lecture 
Hall and on dorm-party VCRs and elsewhere. A 
lucky few of us from the Broadcast/Cinema depart- 
ment even participated in the making of a film or 
two, down in Wilmington. All in all, celluloid dreams 
proved to be an important part of our inner lives. 
And so it will probably go for the foreseeable future. 
—Ian McDowell 



Rambo 

Jewel of the Nile 

The Color Purple 

A Chorus Line 

Out of Africa 

Enemy Mine 

White Nights 

Agnes of God 

Commando 

The Gods Must Be Crazy 

Rocky IV 

Weird Science 

Real Genius 

My Science Project 

Fright Night 

Young Sherlock Holmes 

To Live and Die in LA 

Jagged Edge 

St. Elmo 8 Fire 

Maxie 

Mad Max Beyond Thunderdome 

Beverly Hills Cop 

Spies Like Us 

Pee Wee 's Big Adventure 

101 Dalmations 

Clue 

Invasion U.S.A. 

Teen Wolf 

Silver Bullet 

After Hours 

Godzilla '85 

Compromising Positions 

Red Sonja 

Krush Groove 

Kiss of the Spider Woman 




Real 

Books 
Cat 

Books 
Cartoon 

Books 
Big Steve's 

Books 



Cat books and cook books, diet tips and excercise 
regimens, financial strategies and celebrity beau- 
ty sciiemes, generational sagas and jet-set 
romances; it was business as usual in Greensboro 
bookstores this year. But what are UNC-G students 
reading? 

Cartoons, for one thing. Bloom County and The 
Far Side were neck-and-neck, with Doonestmry and 
Garfield vying for second place. Then there were 
the books in which the words were in printed type 
rather than hand-lettered balloons. 

Under both his own name and the less royal sobri- 
quet of Richard Bachman. Stephen King reigned 
supreme. In the unlikely event that a student's 
bookshelves contained any new hardbound fiction 
at all. they probably contained at least one thick 
volume with King's face displayed on the back 
cover, grinning like some backwoods New England 
rube who'd just taken a boy scout hatchet to his 
mother-in-law, and now had her pickled away in 
forty-seven separate mason jars hidden behind the 
piled Nati07ial Geographies in the attic. And then 
there were the paperbacks. By the time this year- 
book comes out, one should be able to walk into 
every dorm on campus and find at least one or two 
receptionists whiling away their boredom with a 
dog-eared copy of Skeleton Crew. The TaXisrinan, 
Thinner. The Bachman Books or old favorites like 
The Shttmig and The Stand. If Big Steve (as Joe Bob 
Briggs and Fred Chappell like to call him) looked 
smug in his dustjacket photos, it was with good 
reason. 

Many other items on the New York Times Best 
Seller List turned up on students' shelves and night 
tables. Garrison Keillor's Lake WobegoneDays was 
one such favorite, as was Jean Auel's latest neolithic 
soap opera. The Mammoth Hunters. However, not 
everything that sold well to the general populace 
was a hit with students. Few here at UNC-G show- 
ed much interest in James A. Michener's latest in- 
terminal history lesson. Texas, and even Kurt Von- 
negut's most recent exercise in sentimental 
cynicism, the typically coy Galapagos, was not as 
popular here as it might have been ten or fifteen 
years ago. Maybe there's hope for us yet. 

Ian McDowell 



Bob Geldof "Saint Bob" 

Boris Becker 

Halley's comet 

Humphrey the Whale 

Miami Vice 

Dr. Ruth Westheimer 

"The Refrigerator" Perry 

The Cosby Show 

Beaujolais 

Live Aid 

Pete Rose 

new Coke 

Levi's 501 Blues 

Mumford Phys. Ed. Dept. 

Reeboks 

Swatch 

bandannas 

bran muffins 

Transformers 

He-Man 

g^mmy bears 

stirrup pants 

paisley 

Rainbow Brite 

Don Johnson 

wine coolers 

Madonna wanna-bes 

VCRs 

lace 

Teddy Ruxpin 

sixties 

tapestry 

Esprit 

fruit popsicles 

Mickey Mouse shirts 

Bruce Springsteen 

charm dangles 

Marc Chagall 

Statue of Liberty 

fake pearls 

Mexican food 

U.S.A. caviar 

wuzzles 

Bloom County 

skateboards 

wrestling 

miniskirts 

Burger King, Herb? 

Farm Aid 

Lake Wobegon Days 

India 

Charles & Di 

Billy & Christie 

Sean & Madonna 

Bruce & Julianne 

flavored Perrier 




Trival Pursuit RPM edition 

Genus II 

Calvin Klein underwear ads 

Michael Jordan 

Boy George goes prep 

first female Globetrotter 

Italian ice cream 

Eddie Murphy 

MTV 

bright colors 

teddy bears 

Grace Jones 

USA for Africa 

corporate dreams 

oversized shirts 

Prince Valiant haircuts 

punk haircuts 

Michael J. Fox 

Pee Wee Herman 

Whoopi Goldberg 

The Far Side 

yuppies 

go go 

video 





Glory Days 
Bruce Springsteen 

Rasberry Beret 
Prince and the Revolution 

Emergency 
Kool and the Gang 

Perfect Way 
Scritti Politti 

Take On Me 
A-ha 

Money For Nothing 
Dire Straits 

Careless Whisper 
Wham! 

Small Town 
John Cougar Mellencamp 

Part Time Lover 
Stevie Wonder 

Alive and Kicking 
Simple Minds 

The Power of Love 
Huey Lewis & the News 

Walking On Sunshine 
Katrina and the Waves 

Love Is the Seventh Wave 
Sting 

We Don 't Need Another Hero 
Tina Turner 

Voices Carry 
'Til Tuesday 

And She Was 
Talking Heads 

Say You, Say Me 
Lionel Ritchie 

When The Going Gets Tough 
Billy Ocean 

Head Over Heels 
Tears For Fears 

Nervous Night 
The Hooters 




Tenderness 
General Public 



Lay Your Hands On Me 
Thompson Twins 

Party All The Time 
Eddie Murphy 

Tonight She Cornea 
The Cars 

Broken Wings 
Mr. Mister 

Election Day 
Arcadia 



^^^K 


P^^H^B^^^-*'*S'^''-j^»^^^^^i^^^^^^^M8fc''jB^i^W-'\ ■ jBW^^' 


W^Wt m^BM/l 


^F 1^^^ 


wi^m ^l^^^^^^^^l^ »^^^^^^^Mm^M^w' 


H^^^:-v ',j^^^^^^Kk^^\ ' '^BhRhV^ 


^■yu 




Kfl:..^ES^V X 


' "^ 


'■^ 


^ A^ 


^4^ ^ 



Sleeping Bag 
ZZ Top 

Be A'ear Me 
ABC 

Burning Heart 
Survivor 

Everything Must Change 
Paul Young 

We Built This City 
Starship 

Face The Face 
Pete Townshend 

That's What Friends Are For 
Dionne & Friends 

A Love Bizarre 
Sheila E. 

The Sweetest Taboo 
Sade 

Wrap Her Up 
Elton John 

Sun City 
Artists United Against Apartheid 

A'efer 
Heart 

Living In America 
James Brown 

Spies Like Us 
Paul McCartney 

Too Young 
Jack Wagner 



Weird Science 
Oingo Boingo 



Separate Lives 
Phil Collins & Marilyn Martin 

/ Feel For You 
Chaka Khan 

Who's Zoomin' Who? 
Aretha Franklin 



To Live and Die In LA 
Wang Chung 

I'm Y'our Man 
Wham! 

Theme From Miami Vice 
Jan Hammer 

You Belong To The City 
Glenn Frey 

The Boys of Summer 
Don Henley 

Like A Virgin 
Madonna 

Everyday 
James Taylor 

Talk To Me 
Stevie Nicks 

Oh Sheila 
Ready For The World 

Count Me Out 
New Edition 

It's Only Love 
Bryan Adams & Tina Turner 

Things Can Only Get Better 
Howard Jones 

People Are People 
Depeche Mode 

Some Like It Hot 
Power Station 

The Color of Success 
Morris Day 




Saving All My Love For You 
Whitney Houston 

The Super Bowl Shuffle 
Chicago Bears Shufflin' Crew 



The Unforgettable Fire 

m 



The Boob Tube 



The Tube. The Plug-in Drug. The Idiot Box. The 
Vast Wasteland. The Glass Teat. The names writers 
use to revile this centry's most popular entertain- 
ment medium are legion. 

Yet we still watch, even those of us who are 
allegedly literate, even me and thee. But what do 
we tune in to here at UNC-G? 

Most of the same things that people tune in to 
everywhere else. Oh, there are some differences. 
Fewer of us have cable, for one thing, and don't 
have the luxury of seeing the same recently popular 
bigscreen blockbuster uncut and uninterrupted 
twelve times a week. Hill Street Blues hasn't declin- 
ed quite as much with us as it has nationwide, and 
while The Cosby Skow may be in our top twenty, 
we don't value it's tidy homilies enough to place it 
in the number-one viewing slot the way the rest of 
the population has. We adore Miami Vice, though, 
and when the weather's warm a few of us even try 
to dress like Crockett and Tubbs, though thankful- 
ly that influence seems to be on the way out. 

The highly-touted anthologies failed about as bad- 
ly with us as they did with everyone else. Few UNC- 
G students even watched Spielberg's Arnazing 
Stones, let alone found it amazing; more regrettaby, 
not many of us tuned in to the generally superior 
revival of The Twilight Zone on CBS. (Perhaps our 
contingent of SF and Fantasy fans were content 
to stick to Dr. Who.) 



Hardly a single student watched even one episode 
of this season's most refreshingly original new pro- 
gram, anthology or otherwise, the delightful George 
Bunts Comedy Week. 

Our tastes didn't always reflect the nation's, but 
there were parallels. Th^ Golden Girls, while 
popular, did not score quite as highly with us as with 
the over-thirty set, nor did we get particularly work- 
ed up about Charlton Heston's decision to forsake 
the Republican Party for Dynasty II: The Colby's, 
but we eagerly tuned in Apollonia's debut on Falcon- 
crest. Dallas did not regain its lost ground, but the 
original Dynasty retained its throne. Like everybody 
else, we laughed at Larry, Darryl, and Darryl on 
Newkart. 

David Letterman did well, of course, and the new 
Saturday Night Live fared better with us and the 
rest of the viewing audience than with the critics. 
And there was always a heartily rowdy audience 
for football. Walking through the women's dorms 
in the afternoon, or passing the big TV up on the 
third floor of EUC, one could always catch a glimpse 
of one's favorite soap opera, while in the men's 
dorms G.I. Joe and The Transformers proved 
popular in that hour or two between the time classes 
ended and the cafeteria opened for supper. And as 
always, some people even watched Divorce Court 
and Wrestling, both fascinating glimpses into the 
baser side of our cultural subconscious. 

Ian McDowell 



Golden Girls 

Miami Vice 

Mr. Belvedere 

The Cosby Show 

20120 

Moonlighting 

Amazing Stories 

60 Minutes 

Late Night With David Letterman 

The Twilight Zone 

Newhart 

Dallas 

Falcon Crest 

Growing Pains 

Family Ties 

Dynasty 

Dynasty //; The Colbys 

The Equalizer 

Webster 

Hotel 

Cagney and Lacey 

St. Elsewhere 

Hill Street Blues 

Kate and Allie 

Alfred Hitchcock Presents 

Murder, She Wrote 

Trapper John, M.D. 

Remington Steele 

He-Man 

The Facts of Life 

Saturday Night Live 

Friday Night Videos 

The Wheel of Fortune 

Spenser: For Hire 

Misfits of Science 

Shadowchasers 

The Transformers 

GlJoe 

The Go-Bots 275 



GRADUATES 




Julie Garner 
Richard Halford 
Melinda Halford 
Dawn Laine 



James Lomax 
Faith McCullough 
Ian McDowell 
Robin W. Mclntyre 





f 

m 




Dawn Ellen Nubel 
Natalie Price 
Anil Seth 
Wanda Weaver 




Gary Wilson 
Dillon L. Wood 



SENIORS 



Donna Albright 

Ellen Allen 

Beverly AUred 

Jean Anderson 




Kathleen Anderson 

Peter Anderson 

Sonya Ashley 

Anton Bantel Jr. 



'^^^^ 




% 




* 




S 
V 



Laura L. Bauer 

Jane Beeson 

Carolyn H. Bennett 

Alicia Bentley 



Melissa Bentley 

Sati E. Bisram 

David T. Blackwell 

John Boyette 





Mary Bradley 
Mary Bradsher 
Rebecca Brewer 
Al Briggs 



Byron Britt 
John Brown 
Terri Buchanan 
Terry Cannon 



Janet Carter 
Monica Caviness 
Jeffrey Todd Clapp 
Lori Coble 



Catherine Craven 
Belinda Crouch 
Constance Cullahan 
Bruce Culp 



Hadi Dabar 
Musa Dangana 
Felicia Davis 
Pamela Dellinger 



Juan Dent 
Jeanne I. Dickens 



Michael Dolianitis 
Fonda Dorton 



Susan Dosier 

Luis Dossantos 

Tawana Dulin 

Susan Dunlap 



Elizabeth Erwin 

T. James Erwin 

Karen Feldman 

Alicia Fields 



Cheryll Fitzgerald 

Jacquelyn Todd Foster 

Chris Fox 

Karen Floyd 





^^^^^^M 


^^BS 


Em* 


^pmBj 


m 


w^^S 


m 


w-^^^ 


il 


nm . . 


W^ 




'^m 


^^^^^^^^^^^EZfllKvij^^HPBt > 


SSCd 


^^^^H^B^^^Hj^^^ixV^^ 



Karen Frazier 
Don Gambill 
Robbie Gathines 
Bernetta Ghist 



Gary Glass 
Johng Grant 
Pamela Green 
Leah Griffin 



Susan Haldane 
Christine Hanusewicz 
Ken Hardin 
Jeff Harding 




Todd Hedrick 
Angela Hicks 



Deneal Hicks 
Rachel Hohn 



Jane Hooks 

Deborah Hyatt 

Lisa Isobe 

Henrietta Jackson 



Greg Jenkins 

Dean Johnson 

Joseph Johnson 

Deborah L. Jones 



Lynda Jones 

Jennifer Jordan 

Lisa Kazmierczak 

Elizabeth Kincheloe 



Jeffrey M. Kallam 
Lori Kuchenbecker 



Dawn Lawson 
Thomas Little 





Linda Lusk 
Mary Maness 
Mary Mattimore 
Naomi McCormick 



Carolyn T. McLaurin 
Priscilla F. McLemore 
William Melton Jr. 
Luis Mercado 



Sandra Mitchell 
Jackie Mitchell 
Ernie Moore 
Vermel Moore 



Beth Morris 
Michael Newell 



Todd Nichols 
Robert D. Noble Jr. 



Amy F. Noblin 
Alda Painter 



Donna Peters 
Kenneth Pridgen 



Georgiona Rafferty 

Anne Reddeck 

Beth Reichardt 

Lisa Ritch 




Teresa Roberts 
Nancy Rogers 
Donegan Root 
Patrice Saitta 



Diane Sappenfield 

Robert Saunders 

Margaret Scott 

Tina Sears 














Neill Shaw 
Jane Shephard 
Natalie Sherrill 
Donna Sloan 



Ella Smith 
Michael A. Smith 
Sonia Smith 
Andrew Snider 



Julius Snow 
David Soloman 
Adrienne Stanford 
Beth Starkey 



Laura Steinberg 
Michael Stewart 



Terry Stewart 
Terry Stout 



Steve Styers 



David Styles 

Laurie A. Swaiiti 

Dawn Talley 

Angela Taylor 



Lynne Temple 

Elizabeth S. Tew 

Tony Thompson 

Melissa Tolbert 



Sophia Tucker 

Freddie Vazquez 

Brenda Volpe 

Elaine Walker 



Scott Walton 

Karen Webster 

Logan Westmoreland 

Joyce Wheeling 





Kathryn Whitfield 
Denise Wilson 
Heather Winchester 
HoUi A. Winslow 



Douglass Wolff 
Donna Wright 
Martha York 
Dana Zickl 




JUNIORS 



Marta Angel 
Yaprak Balkan 

Gina Bishara 
Baebara Blunt 



Sandy Boka 

Sheila Bowling 

Laura Boyd 

Zina Boyd 



Kimberly Burke 

Jon Byrd 

Elaine Carlisle 

Carol Marie Citrini 



Cynthia Clark 

Donna Clark 

Karen Collie 

David Core 



^^^HB^^^K^^ 


n 



^ry 





Cheryl Crite 
Laura Dail 
Ricky Daniels 
Emily Daughterly 



Bobby Davis 
Neil Dixon 
Tim Doby 
Amy Duckworth 



Mary Farley 
Brooks Flynn 
Elmer Foreman 
Denise Francis 



Erin Gambell 
Wendy Gantt 
Karen Getty 
Sandy Graham 



Kelly Green 
Laura Greene 
Geoff Gray 
Nancy Griffin 



Beverly A. Hailey 
Tamra Hailey 



Cynthia Marie Hayes 
Angela Haynes 



Anne Heller 

Shannon Hennesse 

Lorenzo Hines 

Nancy Hoerning 



Brandon Hoffstetler 

Aamir Jan 

Robin Jolly 

Carol Jones 



Charles Jones 
Natalie Kelly 

Harriett Knox 
Sharon Land 





Jane Lentz 
Sherri Leonard 



Tonye Lloyd 
Annette Long 



Parker Lynch 
Lisa Lyon 
Amanda Martin 
Gloria McBryde 



Laura McGowan 
Lonnie McRavin 
Richard Michaels 
Donald Miller 



Gretchen Miller 
Ashley Moffitt 
Cynthia Moore 
Portia Nixon 



Bruce Norman 
Tammi Nugen 



Lynne Oakes 
Kathy Oakes 



Deborah Obenchain 

Sarah Owens 

Carter Page 

David A. Parsons 



Erin C. Pearson 

Charita Pinnix 

Kelly Price 

Kimberly D. Proctor 



Ihonda M. Quakenbush 

Nabeel Rahman 

Vicki Register 

Keith Revis 





Phyllis Ricks 
Brett Roberts 
Rebecca Robertson 
Carlos E. Saldarriaga 



Kelly Salyer 
Donna Sanderson 
Marc Sasseville 
Suzanne Sawyer 



Mary Catherine Smith 
Paul Segal 
Mitchell Setzer 
Melanie Scotton 



Marti Shaw 
Patrica Shields 



Susanne Sifford 
Olivia Simmons 



Donna Smith 

John Smith 

Danny Smucker 

Terri J. Summers 



Corinne Srail 

Staton Staninger 

Cathy Stemmler 

Carolin Stumpf 



Hal Surratt 

Annette Swing 

Robin Taylor 

Dana Temple 



Robert Thompson 

Scott Thomas 

Tyler Vaught 

Valerie Vaughan 



David R. Walser 

Tammy Weaver 

Stephanie Webb 

Dawn Whitacker 





Deborah Wilkins 
William B. Wilkins 
Sonya Williams 
Shalane Wilson 



Sheila Wolf 
Joy Wolfe 
Cindy Wurster 




SOPHOMORES 



Nasser Abouzieter 

Lyda Adams 

Lynne Alman 

Lisa A. Atkins 



Lavonda Avery 

Yulanda Bailey 

Fran Balser 

Parissa Baradaran 



Elizabeth Bare 

Cheryl Beach 

Lisa Beam 

Tonya Brewer 



David Brown 

Franita BrowTi 

Ellen L. Bryant 

Lee Ann Bryant 





Shannon Buie 
Sheri Callaway 
Kira CaroUo 
Gary Cerrito 



Traci Cobb 
Wendy Crews 
Monica Crossley 
Julie Dail 



Gloria Davis 
Lois L. Davis 
Shelly Dean 
Cathy S. Dillard 



Mignon Dobbins 
Kristi Ellerbe 
Michael Fulton 
Yolanda Foster 



Alison Francis 
Lynn Fulk 
Scott Furr 
Leslie Garner 



Robin Gibson 

Lorie Glaspie 

Todd Grace 

Donna Gray 



Tommy Hall 

Debbie Harrison 

Saundra L. Harvey 

Soha Hasan 



Billy Helton 

Susan Henderson 

Lisa Hennecke 

Kathie Hennessy 



Jeff Heybrock 
Debra S. Hinds 



Jenny Holt 
Brenda Hough 





Jeannie Howard 
Elizabeth Howell 
Kathleen Huey 
Wynette Jenkins 



Leanne Johnson 
Valerie Jones 
Vallerie Jones 
David Kurtiak 



Cynthia Latham 
Derek Lewis 
Debbie Livengood 
Janet Locklear 



John Lopp 

Jackie Lowdermilk 



a Amy Maultsby 
Ruth McClary 



Angle McEachrin 

James Martin 

Amy Matthews 

Loretta Moffitt 






Denise Moore 

Michelle Morefield 

Scott Morris 

Sherri Maser 



Kathy Mosley 

Catrina Nicholson 

Yvette Nixon 

Shannon Outen 



Delta Patterson 
Angela Peedin 



Sonya Pemberton 
Robert F. Penkava 





Julie Piper 
Lisa Powell 



Mike Read 
Beverly Reavis 



Elizabeth Reynolds 
Lisa Richardson 
Pam Richburg 
Wanda Rierson 



Kimberly Riley 
Elyse Roach 
Crystal Roberts 
Leslie Robinson 



Celina Roebuck 
Candace Ross 
Tujuana Ross 
Kim Rudd 



Jacquelyn Salaam 

Roslyn Scott 

Dariush Shafagh 

Sondra Shedd 



Dale Sheffield 

Kim Shelton 

Michele E. Slate 

Judith Smith 



Lisa Smith 

Lisa Snead 

Brenda Stanton 

Diana Sterantina 







Suzanne Stewart 
Jennifer Stuckey 



Alan Tew 
Amy Thompson 





Barry Thompson 
Susan Todd 
Elizabeth Tracy 
Lisa Tuttle 



Kimberly Vanhoy 
Sheldon Vann 
Marian Vischio 
Dwayne Walls 



Lisa Webb 
Richard White 
Leslie Whitman 
Andrea Williamson 



Adrienne Wilson 
Cindy Wilson 
Tracy Wilson 
Elizabeth Wise 



Liza Woods 
Christopher Yountz 



FRESHMEN 



Evelyn Adger 

Lori Alberty 

Ziad Al-Najjar 

Huslina Aminuddin 




John Anderson 

Jeffrey Angel 

Karen Arrington 

Andrea Ashbv 




Jane Aycock 

Tracy Baber 

Lisa Bagwell 

Angela Bailey 



Elizabeth Barkley 

Maria M. Baxley 

Jennifer Beale 

Soha Bechara-Dib 



M 




f 




n 












■•^^ m 




1 




Holly Beck 
Malena Bergmann 
Rob Bittle 
Angela Blackwell 



Alice Bodsford 
Eleanor Bolte 
Michele Booker 
Amy Bouldin 



Toni Bowhan 
Lisa Boyles 
Jeremy Bray 
Pamela Brooks 



Danny Brown 
K. Lamont Brown 
Angie Brummitt 
Maria Budzinski 



Amy Bumgarner 
Davina Bunn 
Angela Callahan 
Dennis Campany 



Andrea Caram-Andruet 
Emily Carlton 



Tamara Carr 
LeRene Cato 



Gina Chamberlain 

Ramesh Chettiar 

Cynthia Childers 

Mandy Church 



Sharin Clark 

Michelle L. Clayton 

David Clubb 

Sandra Coats 



Stephanie Cohen 

Tim Cole 

Kenneth Coleman 

Sarah Collie 





Greg Collins 
Lenora Cone 



Catherine Constantinov 
Kimberly Coppage 



Jennifer Corbett 
Andrea Coulter 
Margaret Covington 
Thomas Crater 



Devon Crissman 
Frank M. Dale Jr. 
Diana Davis 
Sandy DeBerry 



Geneva Deel 
Susan Dehart 
Leslie Deleon 
Bonnie Drye 



Lisa Duckworth 
Loretta Dull 



Camellia Duncan 
Katherine Elder 



Patrick Farlow 

Kimberly Farrell 

Susan Fields 

Rojulynne Finch 



Cynthia Floyd 

Evelyn Floyd 

Janelle Folker 

Fay Forris 



Katherine Frazier 

Susan Frye 

Lydia Gaines 

Lisa Gauldin 





Mary Glasco 
Jennifer Glover 
Stephanie Goetzinger 
Melanie Gosinski 



Janice Grice 
April Griffin 
Baron Grindstaff 
Charles Groce III 



Lisa Guess 
Tina Gunn 
Sean Hadas 
Melissa Hagemann 



Katherine Haigh 
Alison Hall 



Teresa Harper 
Alissa Harris 



Lisa Harris 

Stephanie Harrington 

Sammi Hemrie 

James Herrick 



Tammy Herring 

Kim Hicks 

Stephanie Hicks 

Kim Hinshaw 



Seth Hinshaw 

Stewart Hinson 

Evonne Hodges 

Jeri Holton 



Kelly Hook 
Amy Horn 



Beth Howie 
Barbara Howlett 





Mario Huggins 
Tammy Inman 
Kurt Insko 
Michael Jackson 



Yvonne Jackson 
Faith Jeffries 
Angle Jester 
Lannell Johnson 



Meg Johnson 
Rick Johnson 
Sharon Johnson 
Shawn Johnson 



Starlyn JoUey 
Robin Jordan 



Stephan Joyce 
Sarah Judah 



Joy Kayne 
Lynette Kearns 



Ashlyn Keller 
Christy Key 



Dana Key 

Katherine Knott 

Teresa Knox 

Philip Kurtiak 



Debra Lanford 

Jennifer Law 

William Lester 

Peter Leung 



Todd Lewis 

Sharon Long 

Antonelle Love 

Antonette Love 





Tamah Lussier 
Bess Lynch 
Sharron Mann 
David Mante 



Traci Margo 
Melanie Marlin 
Terri Marshall 
Willie Mason 



Cristal Matthews 
Ellen McBane 
Francis McCauley 
Sylivia McCormich 



Lisa McDowell 
Kim McDuffy 



Susan McElrath 
Jane McFarland 



Christine McFayden 
Arlize McKinney 



Elisha McPherson 
Margaret McPherson 



Teresa McRae 

Kimberly Melton 

Arzetta Mibb 

Tina Moretz 




Michael Morgan 

Pamela Mullis 

Barbara Murray 

Mike Neville 



Joseph Norred 

Stephanie O'Brien 

Laurie Osborne 

Shea Oosgood 








^^^^n^ sr^V^^^H 








^^^I^l^^l 


p 



Charlotte Owen 
Melissa Owens 



Josh Pace 
Renea Paschal 



Kim Payne 
Dawn Peeler 
Marie Pelletier 
Amy Phelps 



Julie Pinkham 
Jan Poindexter 
Angela Polk 
Pamela Rabon 




Linda Ray 
Wilson Reese 
Andrea Reid 
Ellen Reid 



Kelly Rezac 

Shelly L. Rhyne 

A. Mary Riegelman 

Daphne Roberson 



Susan Roberts 

Crystal Robbins 

Denise Robinson 

Mary Rollins 



Chip Ross 

Scott Rudolph 

Sharon Rule 

Rozita Satavizadeh 



Lisa R. Sears 
Kim Seegers 



John Share 
Kelly Shelton 







H 




Dana Shipman 
Tim Shore 



Debra Smith 
Gary Smith 



Jeffrey Smith 
Teresa Smith 
Kimberly Spaulding 
Meg Spivey 




Lisa Spruilla 
Britan Stepanek 
Carolyn Stinson 
Stephen Stone 



Wendy Stone 
Angela Strong 
Jennifer Suehr 
Laverne Suggs 



John Swink 
Deborah Swinney 



Thomas Taylor Jr. 
Tammy Templeton 



Andrea Thomas 

Barbara Thomas 

David Thornhill 

Linda Tilley 



Suzanne Toomey 

Christine Totin 

Mary Trevey 

Donna Trivette 



Leah Turner 

Yvette Vallair 

Mark Vinson 

Carol Vriesema 





Angela Wakeman 
Evelyn Wall 
Martha Walton 
Ashley Waters 



Maudia Watkins 
Tammy Watson 
Ingrid Weeks 
Jennifer Weiland 



Carole White 
Joe White 
Dawn Whitfield 
Bradley Whitsell 



Katrina Wilborne 
Abbitha Wilcox 



Jacqueline Williams 
Regina Williams 



Robert Williams 

Kimberly Winslow 

Sabrina Winstead 

Katie Winn 



Lisa Witherson 

Melissa Wood 

Tamara Wood 

Pam Wooten 



Conrad Wortham 
Cheryl Wright 
Sabre Wright 
Tonya Wright 




ETC. 



f 




ik 




4 


>■ \ 





Students 'photographs on this page 
were returned to us without names 
or classifications. However, since 
they particiapted during portrait 
week, we wanted to include them in 
the book. 



SHING 

>UCHES 





High 

Point 

Road: 

Fast 

Food & 

Urban 

Zombies 



From the air, it looks like the main artery of the 
city, or perhaps a gian circuit cable plugged straight 
into a sprawling complex of asphalt rectangles and 
multicolored fiberglass buildings. On a more ear- 
thly level, it can be a motorist's nightmare, crowd- 
ed with traffic jams that freeze any kind of progress 
for what seems like hours. 

It's High Point Road; a dream come true for those 
who seek it as a destination and a genuine purgatory 
for those who just wish to drive through it to 
someplace else. 

It's easy to look at High Point Road and say you 
hate it. But let's face facts; this is one of the few- 
places in Greensboro where you can eat anything 
that really can be called fast food. As we creep 
towards senility we can anticipate the time when 
we won't eat much of the stuff because our insides 
have been replaced with plastic and aluminum, but 
right now we can still shovel down bags of burritos, 
handfuls of hamburgers and platters of pizzas. 

Ah, the sweet folly of being young. 

But High Point Road is more than just a series 
of manufactured food outlets, much more. It's 
Greensboro's new post-interstate highway shopp- 
ing district. Here you can buy manufactured hous- 
ing, manfactured musical instruments, manufac- 
tured social atmosphere, manufactured ceiling fans, 
manul'actured dates. At night, the sky glows in sur- 
real oranges and reds, reflected in the glazed retinas 
of passing motorists who have been transformed in- 
to urban zombies by this avalanche of garrish 
commercialism. 

This is not place for subtlety. 

After-high school hangouts choked with teenagers 
add little to the ambiance. Hard guys cruising with 
the chicks in daddy's car can made a simple drive 
across town a borrowing experience. But when the 
nmnehies strike and you are sober enough to drive. 



else du yuu go 



Datnd Pugh 




nk>» FEB. :«*-. 
Ino raaNHUN Bivc 



A Look At Campus Issues 



Apartheid. The new obscenity law. Choos- 
ing a new Carolinian editor. Passing the new 
Student Government and Media Board con- 
stitutions. Martin Luther King's birthday. 
These were just some of the issues that con- 
cerned segments of the UNCG student 
population this year. At best, they helped 
some of us redefine our values, brought us to 
passionate new committments. At worst, they 
at least provided some distraction from the 
eternal problems of standing in line for 
registration, passing our finals, and trying 
vainly to find a convenient parking place. 

The delicate question of what to do about 
U.S. economic ties to South Africa was 
brought home by the fact that UNCG itself has 
investments there, a revelation that made 
many students acutely uncomfortable. Indeed, 
South Africa quickly eclipsed Nicaragua as a 
litmus test of one's political allegiance. Stu- 
dent Government president Mike Stewart became 
very involved in the issue, sharing his findings 
and opinions in a Carulmtan commentary. 

Judging from papers written for English 
comiiosition classes and letters submitted to 
The CaruUnian, many students feel that this 
university should recognize Martin Luther 
King, Jr.'s birthday as a holiday, dismissing 
classes and holding special events in his honor. 
James Shealey, a sophomore, was one of many 
students who criticized what he called the 
university's "lackadasical" attitude towards 
the questiun. The entire letters columns of two 
successive issues of Tlie Curolinian were fill- 
I'd with letters from individuals and organiza- 
tions expressing similar views. The issue 
gradually receded, but is sure to come up 
again next year. 

North Carolina's controversial new obsceni- 
ty law generated a surprisingly large amount 
111' c.'uiipus intti' St. Much of this can be trac- 
ed ti. Ur. Thonui Tedford's freedom of speech 



class. Though it was never his intention, Ted- 
ford was the defax:to inspiration for the for- 
mation of the Citizens Against Censorship 
organization on campus, for it was after they 
heard about the new law from Tedford that 
students like Roger Harts and Dan Pearson 
helped get the group off the ground. "Dr. Ted- 
ford is so inspiring," explained Melissa 
Melton, a senior Broadcasting major in- 
terested in the organization. "He really makes 
you realize how precious our freedoms are." 

Such inspired zeal led the C.A.C. to 
organization a benefit concert called First Aid 
in early February, with all profits from the 
event going to aid the A.C.L.U's drive to get 
the law repealed. Local groups like The 
Graphic, the Right Profile, and the Other- 
mothers performed to an enthusiastic crowd. 
"It really came off well," said Dan Pearson, 
the C.A.C. 's new'ly-elected president. "We 
raised some money and we got a lot of peti- 
tions signed." 

Other issues were more localized, and 
perhaps of less interest to the campus popula- 
tion at large. As of this writing, it looks like 
both the Student Government and Universi- 
ty Media Board will have new constitutions, 
though they will not be called that, as the ad- 
ministration seems to prefer the term 
"charters" for reasons that have so far re- 
mained obscure. One advantage of such 
documents is that they will clarify procedures 
fur replacing editors and other media heads 
when they leave office before their term is up. 
And in the case of the media, the new charter 
will replace the controversial election process 
with a carefully chosen selection committee. 

The Media Board as a whole had to select 
new editors for The Carolinian, the Coraddi, 
and the Pine Needles, long before their new 
charter was ratified. First, the previously 
chosen Pine Needles editor had to withdraw 



from school for medical reasons during the 
fall. Then, at the end of that semester, the 
elected editor of The Carolinian resigned 
after several months of conflict with the Media 
Board and numerous absences from that 
Board's meetings. Although he claimed that 
his troubles largely lay in a personal conflict 
with the editor of another medium, at least 
one faculty member on the Board indicated 
that the situation was more complex, and im- 
plied that The Carolinian editor would have 
faced some harsh scrutiny if he had remain- 
ed in office. At any rate, the Board first ap- 
pointed an acting editor, then, after accepting 
applications from various candidates, selected 
Greg Brown as the editor for the remainder 
of the semester. This decision proved un- 
popular with some staff members, who quit, 
declaring their intentions of starting a paper 
of their own. Only time will tell whether their 
abilities are equal to their ambitions. 

If all of this wasn't turmoil enough, the 
elected editor of the Coraddi failed to produce 
a single issue during the Fall semester and 
then did not return to school in the Spring. 
Fortunately, Dawn Ellen Nubel, who had suc- 
cessfully edited the publication for two years 
previously, was persuaded to step back into 
that position, greatly increasing the 
magazine's chances for longterm survival. 

No doubt other issues will arise before the 
Spring semester is over. Despite UNCG's 
reputation for apathy, some students do take 
notice of what goes on around them, and there 
are always a few who can be depended upon 
to get worked up over almost anything. Which 
is a good sign, really. Whether it's local 
legislation or foreign relations or manuever- 
ings in the university media, any concern that 
takes us outside of our limited self interests 
is to be commended. 

-Ian McDowell 




Cheerleaders Spread Excitement 



You are sitting in your room, when you 
hear them yelping outside your door. You 
see them hysterically jumping around, 
running through the hall. And they are 
screaming "Let's go! Let's throw down! 
Let's gol" They are the 1985-86 UNC-G 
Spartan cheerleaders. 

Charging through dorms was just one 
of the unusual stunts the cheerleaders 
created to seize students' attention. 
Holding pep rallies (even for the 
Homecoming soccer game), wearing 
bright gold sweatsuits on basketball 
game days, performing be-boppy and 
jerky cheers, and incorporating dance 
routines and gymnastics into their pro- 
grams were all ways in which the 
cheerleaders showed they cared about- 
UNC-G athletics and that they wanted all 
UNC-G students to express the same 
spirit. And it worked! 

"This year's crowd is different from 
last year's crowd," says captain Ann 
Bryant, sophomore Communications ma- 
jor. "Last year we had problems getting 
people to come out to the games and "then 
to participate with us. Sometimes we 
would get discouraged and half-heartedly 
do a cheer. But this year, more people 
have been coming out. Everyone seems 
so excited, and we get tremendous feed- 
back. That helps us put over our one hun- 
dred percent into our cheers!" 



Putting their one hundred percent in- 
to the squad meant putting in more than 
just enthusiasm. It also meant each 
cheerleader contributing her own in- 
dividual style to the squad's routines. 
Since Ann was the only cheerleader who 
had previously cheered for UNC-G and 
Captain Lynne Gates, junior Business & 
Home Economics major, was the only up- 
perclassman, a variety of styles was us- 
ed in the squad's programs. Most of the 
cheerleaders were coming from different 
schools and still used the same techniques 
they had used then. According to Ann, 
the variety of cheering styles came in 
handy when they had great crowd par- 
ticipation. The more creative their moves 
were, the more ways they had to direct 
the crowd's enthusiasm. 

Not only did the cheerleaders con- 
tribute energj' to the squad, so did the 
coaches and assistants who helped the 
cheerleaders strengthen their technique. 
Katherine Knapp put as much spunk in- 
to coaching the cheerleaders as she did 
into recruiting new UNC-G students for 
the admissions office. Assistant coach 
Nancy Spiver used the knowledge she ac- 
quired from cheerleading camps to help 
the cheerleaders work on their precision. 
And Jack Panyakon, freshman Pre- 
engineering major and North Carolina's 
1984 champion gymnast, helped the 



cheerleaders with their gymnastic and 
building stunts. 

"The coaches and captains are really 
good at working with us," says Leigh 
Good, freshman Math major. "WTien they 
critique us, they point out what needs to 
be worked on as well as what looks real- 
ly nice." 

The friendly atmosphere that the squad 
shared was what Lynn Gates claims she 
liked most about being a cheerleader. 
"There is so much I enjoy about 
cheerleading: the excitement I feel when 
the crowd is participating, the honor in 
representing UNC-G. But the relation- 
ships that I establish with the people I'm 
working with are what's most valuable to 
me." 

Not only did the cheerleaders try to 
spread team spirit into the crowd and 
amongst themselves, but also amongst 
the athletes. The cheerleaders and 
athletes worked as a team. One of the 
things the cheerleaders did to promote 
that team spirit was to have "secret" 
basketball players. On game days the 
cheerleaders sent notes of encourage- 
ment letting the players know they sup- 
ported them. 

The UNC-G cheerleaders support an 

idea— the idea of people getting excited 

about UNC-G. And UNC-G's athletic 

teams are deserving of that excitement. 

Sheila Bowling 



There goes one past the water fountain. 
Hurry, catch that tennis ball before it runs in- 
to the person coming from room 220... Watch 
out! A near miss. 

That flying tennis ball came from the ten- 
nis racket of Jackie Mitchell. It was Friday 
night, and there was the second floor resident 
assistant thumping tennis balls with one of the 
four girls on her hall who hadn't left for the 
weekend. Not what one normally pictures an 
R.A. doing while "on duty." 

Two freshmen girls on her hall certainly did 
not envision having such an R.A.; they were 
less prepared for the shocking reality of Jackie 
being president of the Alpha Delta Pi sorority. 

"I was at this party at the beginning of this 
school year," said Jackie. "And it was as if I 
were the maid, the grandmother who stays up 
and makes sure everyone's tucked in. They 
said, 'You go to parties? We didn't think 
R.A.'s were allowed to leave the dorm.' I 
couldn't get over it." 

Jackie said that the girls later went to par- 
ties with her and her friends. They realized 
what Jackie hoped all the people on her hall 
would soon understand, that she was human 
and loved to have fun. Jackie also wanted 
them to know that she was a friend they could 
talk to when they needed one. 

Jackie says an R.A. ought to establish a feel- 
ing of mutual respect among the people on her 
hall. She said that she had to let them know 
that she wasn't some creature put there to 
take their priveleges away, but that she did 
want to be treated with respect. She says she 
treated the girls on her hall the same way. 

"I did not give one reprimand on my hall. 
I didn't need to," Jackie said. "But if the oc- 
casion had arisen, I would not have hesitated 
to hand one out. That's important to an R.A., 
letting the people on her hall know how things 
stand. That way there's no surprises for either 
side." 

Every job involves certain disadvantages 
that balance the corresponding advantages. 
With the job of being president of Alpha Delta 
Pi, for instance, came the tons of paperwork 
that are part of any business. However, Jackie 
says that the experience and the friendships 
make it more than worthwhile. And although 
being an R.A. meant knocks at her door in the 
middle of the night, the satisfaction of help- 
ing someone solve her problem more than 
compensated for the inconvenience. 

Jackie says this year was the best one she's 
had during her three and a half years at 
UNCG. She started off at St. Mary's Junior 
College where she received her two-year 
Associate of Arts degree before entering the 
design program here. Since she's been here, 
she's worked with two design firms from 
which she says she's gained enormous 
experience. 

Jackie won't be here when the 1986-87 
school year begins. She graduates this spring. 
But she says that if she were going to be here 
next year, she'd gladly be an R.A. again. It's 
a job she recommends to anyone who enjoys 
working with people. The rewards she claims 
to have recieved from the job are 
"irreplacable." 

Sheila Bowling 



Jackie Mitchell: 



R.A.s Are Human Too 





Studying: The Horror 




The day of exams creeps closer, but 
your progress is slow. You've read over 
a hundred pages already, but that's taken 
you almost two days, and you've still got 
another two hundred pages to familiarize 
yourself with and less than twenty-fours 
hours to do it in. Stimulants become 
necessary; hot coffee, No-Doz, Vivarin, 
and even less legal substances. It 
becomes so easy to become distracted. 
Someone calls to ask you if you have so- 
and-so's phone number and makes idle 
conversation for a good twenty minutes. 
You turn on the TV for background am- 
bience and get caught up in the plot of 
Attack of the Crab Monsters or the sub- 
tle theological implications of Dr. Gene 
Scott's sermon, 'i^ou start noticing in- 
teresting patterns of peeling paint on 
your ceiling. Giving in to the impulse to 
doodle, you find yourself decorating your 
notebook with intricate miniature draw- 
ings of cars and weapons and animals and 
grimacing faces. 

Nor does it help to seek refuge in the 
library or EUC. There, you notice the 
people around you, all hunched over 
books and notebooks of their own— all 
their faces stamped with the same mark 
of harried desperation. If the hour is par- 
ticularly late, and your mind particular- 
ly frazzled, you may find yourself imagin- 
ing you can pick up their thoughts like 
some kind of psychic receiver being 
jammed by random foreign signals. The 
notes or the textbook page in front of you 
blurs and becomes someone else's, as you 
momentarily see through their eyes. 
Then reality, such as it is, reasserts itself. 
And the deadline gets nearer. And the 
grind continues. 

Ian McDowell 



The Year 

In News 




It actually happened in early 1986, but 
for many the explosion of the space shut- 
tle Challenger seemed to be a tragically 
appropriate coda to all the tumultuous 
events of 1985, a year rife with disasters. 
The deaths of New Hampshire 
schoolteacher Christa McAuliffe and the 
six crew members are yet another 
reminder that we live in an uncertain 
world, one in which annhilation may 
catch us in a heartbeat, a ball of fire and 
cloud bursting from a painfully blue sky. 
And while most of the tragedies of 1985 
were less spectacular, the pain was equal- 
ly real. 

It was the worst year ever for air 
disasters, and the threat of hijacking and 
terrorism added the element of human 
malevolence to the ever present dangers 
of mechanical failure and pilot error. The 
hijacking of TWA flight 407 by Palesti- 
nians in June, the November hijacking of 
an Egyptian airliner and the airport 
massacres in Rome and Vienna all made 
the skies seem far less friendly. Nor were 
the waves much safer, as the seizing of 
the Achille Lauro and the murder of 
Leon Klinghoffer proved. 

There were all the usual wars and 
rumors of wars, and famines, and 
plagues. Panic over AIDS spread faster 
than the disease itself, and the death of 
Rock Hudson gave the illness a human 
face, increasing the sense of public iden- 
tification with its victims. The discoveries 
of the remains of the Titanic and of 
Joseph Mengele were grim reminders 
that the cruelty of chance disaster and 
the greater cruelty of man have always 
been with us. 

Not all the news touched so close to the 
bone, of course. Events such as the ar- 
rest of Bhagwhan cult leader Rajneesh at 
the Charlotte airport seemed of less emo- 
tional significance, except to his 
followers. Some of these concerns were 
dwarfed when viewed against the larger 
perspective afforded by the arrival of 
Halley's Comet, either an inspiring exam- 
ple of God's celestial fireworks or a sym- 
bol of human inconsequence in the 
clockwork scheme of universal 
mechanics. 

Yet we were able to take heart from a 
lonely whale's slow passage to the sea 
and have our conscience stirred by rock 
musicians crusading against starvation, 
poverty and injustice. And if Reagan and 
Gorbachev's first Summit was greeted by 
a certain amount of skepticism and uncer- 
tainty, there was no small amount of 
relief over the fact that they were at least 
talking. As long as the men who control 
so much of our world are doing that, the 
final awful fireball is a less likely 
possibility. 

Ian McDowell 




Springtime 
at 

UNCG 



The UNCG campus is grim during the wintertime. 
Except for an occasional snow, the atmosphere is 
gray and depressing; shards of dirty ice He in frozen 
mud like pieces of broken glass. The interior land- 
scape is just as gloomy. Peoples' spirits get as dingy 
and trodden as the frost-singed grass. Tests, papers 
and assignments are ever-present threats, and finals 
loom like storm clouds on the horizon. 

Then, just when students think they can't take 
it any more, the campus t^lms...pink. Suddenly, the 
crabapples along College Avenue begin to bloom. 
Daffodils and dogwood blossoms emerge like a but- 
terfly's wings unfurling from a cocoon. The days 
warm up and winter begins to slough away. Sun- 
bathers take their towels and books and become 
Wordsworthian scholars, with nature as their study 
hall. Frisbees cut the air like miniature UFOs. Squir- 
rels jealously proclaim their rights, defending their 
turf from marauding gangs of mockingbirds. 

Like all seasons, this one too shall pass. Land- 
scapes, both physical and psychological, can only 
change. However, transient moments such as 
springtime's first budding make hope possible. 

Ian McDowell & 
Daum Ellen NuJ)el 




A Walk On the Wild Side 



"They're out there, waiting for you 
in the shadows," said a young man to 
his girlfriend as a nearby bush rustl- 
ed while they walked back from a late 
date. But he was wrong (or maybe he 
meant to be wrong)— that rustle was 
just evidence of the abundant wildlife 
population that makes UNCG's cam- 
pus home. 

Throughout fall and spring, it is 
almost impossible to walk more than 
a hundred yards after dark without 
seeing a rabbitt, squirrel, or one of the 
less frequent chipmunks and possums 
that live around the high rise dorms 
and the Mary Foust-Guilford area. 
And over the years, many of the 
animals have even adopted some 
semblance of domesticity. There are 
squirrels near EUC and in front of 



Weil-Winfield that will take food from 
passers-by, and squirrels and chip- 
munks alike have been known to scale 
the outside walls of buildings and take 
food left unattended on window sills. 

According to a Guilford County 
animal control official, "The campus 
is one of the better areas of the city 
for the animals." She cited the near- 
by woods behind Cone and Reynolds 
as a primary reason for this, along 
with the amount of food thrown away 
by students. "You set 'em a feast of 
a table every day." 

One UNCG grad student has a 
special affection for rabbits. "I like 
chasing them," he said. "It keeps 
themon their toes. We wouldn't want 
our wildlife to get complacent." And 
while campus security discourages 



students from chasing any wildlife 
they might see through the bushes 
because the chasers can be mistaken 
for "peepers" or muggers, they're 
more concerned about drivers doing 
likewise. 

"People going through campus 
need to watch out for squirrels and 
possums," said one officer. "They 
have a right to be here too and peo- 
ple should watch for 'em. After all, 
they make the place nicer and more 
liveable. 

So, it seems, the safest place for a 
squirrel or bunny may have been 
rustling a bush after dark. That way, 
they at least add to the ambiance of 
the evening. 

—Mark A. Corum 



The Light Fantastic 




Science Fiction Fans at UNCG 



Members of i'NCG's Science Fiction and Fantasy 
Federation, otherwise known as SF3, are gathered 
in Alderman Lounge, watching a videocassette of 
the first episode of Showtime's Robin Hood series. 
"Look how pale she is," says one young woman 
about the actress portraying Maid Marion. "She 
looks like a real medieval lady." 

"Nah, her teeth are too good," sneers Larry 
Robinson, another SF3 member. "You'd have to 
have lived back then like I did to know about stuff 
like that. The good old days weren't so good, just 
old." 

Robmson may not have actually been around quite 
that long, but he's been coming to the organization's 
meetings for a long time, even though he hasn't 
been a UNCG student in years. That's one of the 
unique things about the organization. Members who 
either are no longer or never were students keep 
coming back year after year. 

One thing they keep coming back for is Stellar- 
con, the annual science fiction and fantasy conven- 
tion held in Elliott University Center. Every spring, 
the halls of EUC fill up with something stranger 
than sorority pledges of Student Government 
senators. Robots roam the corridors, aliens amble 
down the stairs, barbarians battle outside in the 
"L". Actors from little-known and not so little- 
known TV shows wander about escorted by their 
entourages. Successful and not-so successful 
authors get together for forum debates of subjects 
like "Science Fiction and Drugs" and "The Logic 
of Fantasy." And a merry time is usually had by 
all, even the passing students who pause to ogle the 
strangely constumed throng. 

"Either come join in the fun or just get over it,' 
-says Juliette Hatel, Vice-President in charge of the 
iy86 Stellarcon. She is proud of Stellarcon's long 
tradition at UNCG. "We aspire to show the general 
public what it's like to be an SF or fantasy fan, to 
get people interested in what we do." 

And what do they do? They show films and have 
speakers at their weekly meetings, hold medieval 
banquets (many of their memlsers also belong to the 
Society for Creative Anachronism, and there are 
close ties between the two groups), play SF and fan- 
tasy games like Car Wars and Dungeons and 
Dragons, and put out their own fan magazine ("fan- 
zine"), Beyond the Third Planet, which includes 
amateur fiction and poetry written by members. 
And there's always the next Stellarcon to plan. 

As of this writing, the 1986 Stellarcon is several 
weeks in the future. Still, it looks to be an in- 
teresting one. The Guest of Honor is to be L. 
Sprague de Camp, de Camp, an excellent science 
fiction and fantasy writer in younger days, is now 
probably most famous for rescuing Robert E. 
Howard's Conan the Barbarian stories from the 
mouldering oblivion of 1930s pulp magazines like 
Weird Tales. Starting with a series of hardback edi- 
tions in the 1950s and, even more importantly, with 
a paperback line in the late 1960s, de Camp began 
arranging the scattered Conan stories in 
chronological order, finishing uncompleted ones, 
rewriting some of Howard's non-Conan stories in- 
to the series, and even creating entirely new ones, 
eventually at novel length. This literary resurrec- 
tion made the barbarian swordsman famous and 
paved the way for Arnold Schwarzenegger's film 
career. It also made de Camp rich. 

Other guests scheduled for the convention include 
Tracy Hickman, a role-playing games designer on 
the staff of TSR hobbies (creators of Dungeons and 
Dragons) and co-author of The Dragonlance 
Chronieles. a paperback series based on several ex- 
istant D&D modules. There will probably be several 
local authors in attendance, as well as the usual 
quota of films and television episodes shown on 
various monitors and screens in EUC. 

"Fans are special people," says one longtime SF3 
member. "By living in both a possible future and 
several imaginary pasts, we are able to see beyond 
the illusion of the present. We're less short-sighted 
than non-fans, whom we sometimes call 'mundanes'. 
We look forward to something more than another 
Saturday night at New York Pizza, and look back 
at more than just the last time some sexy guy or 
girl went out with us. We know there's more to life 
than that. I wish some of the people who call us 
strange did, too." 

—Ian McDowell 




Black History Month 



February 2, 1986, kicked off Black 
History Month at UNCG. For three and 
a half weeks, various rooms, lounges and 
auditoriums in EUC, the Presby House, 
Curry and Mclver Buildings were given 
over to almost nightly explorations and 
celebration of our nation's Black 
heritage. There were art exhibits, poetry 
readings, a "soul food" dinner, dramatic 
performances, movies, and guest 
speakers. For twenty-five days at least, 
this university gave more than lip service 
to this important part of America's ethnic 
legacy. 

Speakers included Carolyn Coleman, 
the NC State Field Director of the 
NAACP; city councilman Earl Jones; 
Assistant District Attorney Thomas 
Johnson, who spoke about Malcolm X; 
Larry Bowman of the Human Relations 
Commission, whose subject was Black 
History; and H. Rap Brown, the renown- 
ed civil rights activist. Films shown in- 
cluded The Autobiography of Miss Jane 
Pittman, Black History: Lost, Stolen, or 
Strayed (a documentary narrated by Bill 
Cosby), I Have a Dream (a documentary 
about Martin Luther King), and Raisin 
in the Sun. There was also a poetry 
reading by Constance Lane and a perfor- 
mance by the NBS Drama troupe. 

"It was very inspiring," said one par- 
ticipant. "Everyone who came learned a 
lot about who we are as a people, about 
where we came from and where we're go- 
ing. I just wish some more attention could 
be paid to Black History the other eleven 
months of the year." 

Ian McDowell 



•.\ •»«. 





DAK SAFETY FILM 50o 



<y 



tv; 



i 




Firming the Flesh 



The health craze hasn't left us; 
anyone passing by EUC's Cone 
Ballroom on a Tuesday or Thursday 
night between five and six-thirty will 
see plenty of evidence of that. Limbs 
sheathed in day-glo leotards churn the 
air with rhythmic precision to the 
tune of an incessantly throbbing boom 
box; young women of every im- 
aginable physical configuration con- 
tort, twist and thrust; as the gyra- 
tions increase in ritualistic fervor one 
can practically smell the burning fat. 

Certain male EUC employees and 
media officials have been known to 
forsake their offices and duties for the 
third floor TV room during these 



hours, where they can be found star- 
ing down at the young women below 
through the glass door to the 
ballroom's balcony, their faces beam- 
ing studies in beatific rapture. 
Perhaps they realize they they are 
seeing acolytes of a new religion, 
vestal celebrants in the temple of the 
healthy body. Or perhaps they watch 
them for the same reasons that such 
young men have always watched such 
young women, especially when such 
young women are wearing tight or 
revealing clothing and are moving in 
a quick and rhythmic manner. At any 
rate, those engaged in these calorie- 
destroying activities have taken steps 



towards making their efforts less 
public, and newspaper barriers have 
been taped over the glass as a way of 
preserving the sanctity of the shrine. 
Which is understandable, though 
one might argue that the ogling 
young men are no more voyeuristic 
than the women who gather to watch 
lithe male athletes tumble about on 
the ahtletic field. Be that as it may, 
the women in the aerobics class are 
to be commended for trying to im- 
prove themselves in some manner. In 
the land of couch potatoes, those 
without cellulite are queen. 

Ian McDowell 



"At least its good clean fun," said one 
grad student as she stood in front of 
Mary Foust dorm, just beyond the war 
zone. Under the streetlights surrounding 
Guilford scores of students were doing 
battle with shaving cream, water guns, 
buckets and even forty-gallon trashcans 
full of water that dumped on unfortunate 
females from Guilford's third floor. Near- 
by, campus police sat idle, just watching, 
knowing from experience that trying to 
break it up would just mean a respite un- 
til the next evening. 

"We're just trying to let them get it out 
of their systems," said one officer. 

The "systems" he was talking about 
turned out to include those of half the 
students in the Grogan-Cone-Mary Foust- 
Guilford corner of campus. What "it" 
was, other than sublimated boredom and 
frustration with the first weeks of school, 
no one really knew. But one thing was for 
certain, for a week no one got very much 
sleep. 

"Dorm wars," as they came to be call- 
ed, seemed to start with Guilford Hall; or, 
more specifically, with certain Guilford 
residents who decided to take a run "au 
naturale" down the sidewalk to Grogan 
Hall one night in early February. After 
a couple of nights, the windows of Grogan 
and Guilford began to fill up with people 
watching for the "boy wonders" or the 
girls from Grogan to repeat the perfor- 
mance. Meanwhile, one GuUfordite listen- 
ed on his police scanner and blew a whis- 
tle whenever a patrol car was ap- 
proaching. Guilfordites soon became 
frustrated with the Grogan girls' refusal 
to "bare all," while the police waited to 
grab those guilty of indecent exposure, 
and the onlookers' energies turned 
elsewhere. 

That day the words "War Declared on 
the High Rises" appeared in Guilford's 
front windows. And pretty soon the war 
had escalated to include Mary Foust as 
well. Midnight water fights and mass 
moonings became the normal state of af- 
fairs. Cone and Guilford residents trad- 
ed verbal barbs and water raids across 
the street where police kept their cons- 
tant vigil. Those officers appeared 
stumped. "If we try and stop it now," one 
said, "we'll have a riot on our hands." 

They shouldn't have worried. A 
February cold snap ended the 
unseasonably warm weather overnight 
and reduced the dorm wars to a few scat- 
tered banners and a weekend of snowball 
fights. But as spring approached, 
rumours flew about what was "coming 
up." 

"At least it won't be boring," said 
Guilford R.D. Dave Ritter. 

Mark A. Corum 




Guilford Hall 

Declares 
''Dorm Wars" 



FACES I 
FACES! 
FACES I 
FACES I 




Ices FACES 

^CES FACES 
^CES FACES 

Ices FACES 



v^ 





u 

N 
C 
G 
U 
N 
C 
G 









t 










*"'\ >.\ 










#^ 








^^^A 


- Al 








'^II 


_ ^RH^ 






d 




Hfe 


i 


) 








^^ 


^"^ 


U 


* -^ 


11 


^ ,. 


~W^ 




t 


1 
1 


S^ 




1 





This yearbook represents a lot of 
dreaming and hard work. Many peo- 
ple deserve thanks for all their sup- 
port: Cliff Lowery for his advice and 
for helping me get the yearbook "off 
the ground;" Mark A. Corum for tak- 
ing over the book when I had to leave 
school in September; Jim Lancaster 
for his help and advice; Greg Brown 
for allowing us use of needed Caroli- 
nian photographs. Ian McDowell was 
always ready to write any articles that 
needed to be written, and Sheila Bowl- 
ing's enthusiasm for the project kept 
our spirits up at times when it looked 
like the book would never be finished. 
Our account representative, Harry 
Thomas, was willing to give us advice 
whenever we needed it. These people 
helped make the book possible. 

It is important to be able to look 
back, both as individuals and as a 
university, and see where we were in 
1985-86. We hope this book reflects 
something about the year: the soccer 
team's national championship, the pro- 
fessors and students that contributed 
to the life of the university, the 
organizations and events we attended. 
I especially hope students will enjoy 
the Pop Life section, which tries to 
capture some of the fads and fancies 
of the year. But then, I hope students 
will enjoy all the sections: Campus, the 
Arts, Mindset, Controversy, Organiza- 
tions, Sports, Greeks, Classes and 
Finishing Touches. The articles in each 
section reflect the opinions of the 
writer. Organizations were responsible 
for providing us with any copy used 
with group shots. 

And last, I need to thank my mom 
who said, "Dawn, you know you want 
to go back to school. Gol" 

Dawn Ellen Nubel 

Pine Needles. 16 February 1986 

P. S.— This book is lovingly dedicated 

to the memory of Dr. Warren Ashby. 



P^ENS